[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2016134532A1 - 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统 - Google Patents

一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016134532A1
WO2016134532A1 PCT/CN2015/073388 CN2015073388W WO2016134532A1 WO 2016134532 A1 WO2016134532 A1 WO 2016134532A1 CN 2015073388 W CN2015073388 W CN 2015073388W WO 2016134532 A1 WO2016134532 A1 WO 2016134532A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
time unit
sub
switching
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/073388
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘建琴
周永行
刘江华
吴强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2015/073388 priority Critical patent/WO2016134532A1/zh
Priority to EP15882970.5A priority patent/EP3253116B1/en
Priority to CN201580001985.2A priority patent/CN106105311B/zh
Publication of WO2016134532A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016134532A1/zh
Priority to US15/686,692 priority patent/US10305571B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0691—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using subgroups of transmit antennas
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/2605—Symbol extensions, e.g. Zero Tail, Unique Word [UW]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/261—Details of reference signals
    • H04L27/2613—Structure of the reference signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24—Cell structures
    • H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, and a user equipment and system for data transmission.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communication
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • High frequency bands with a larger available bandwidth are increasingly becoming candidate bands for next generation communication systems. For example, in the range of 3 GHz to 200 GHz, the potential available bandwidth is approximately 250 GHz.
  • Modern communication systems often use multi-antenna technology to increase the capacity and coverage of the system or improve the user experience.
  • Another advantage of using the high-frequency band is that the size of the multi-antenna configuration can be greatly reduced, thereby facilitating site acquisition and more. Antenna deployment.
  • the high frequency band will lead to greater path loss, especially the influence of factors such as the atmosphere and vegetation, which further aggravate the loss of wireless propagation. At this time, the reliability of transmission of a synchronization channel, a control channel, and a broadcast message in the existing LTE system will be affected.
  • one implementation method is to virtualize multiple antenna elements in the analog domain into one antenna port for data transmission, so the transmission data of each port can be
  • the array gain of Beam Forming (BF) is obtained to overcome the path loss at high frequencies.
  • the beam of the transmitted signal formed by the array is narrow, so that only a part of users in the cell can be covered, and the BF of the analog domain and the corresponding data transmission are further performed in a time division manner to ensure coverage of all users in the entire cell.
  • a radio frequency (RF) chain corresponds to a virtual weighting of a plurality of antenna elements (ie, an analog beam), and different virtual weights correspond to different RF chains, and are used at different transmission timings. Switching from one analog beam to another when different virtual weights Analog beams. Therefore, in the system frame structure design, the switching period of the above analog beam needs to be considered.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a user equipment and system for data transmission, which can reduce the switching time period of the analog beam set in the wireless time window and avoid waste of resources.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus for data transmission, including:
  • a time unit determining module configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, wherein the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit Reserving a switching time period and a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit, wherein the switching time period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a common channel and/or a common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • a data transmission module configured to transmit the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to configuration information of the first time unit, where the common channel and/or The common reference signal is transmitted during the transmission period.
  • the N is the first that is occupied by the common channel and/or the common reference signal in each of the first time units The number of sub-time units in the time unit.
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period and the transmission time period;
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period, the transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period.
  • the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is obtained by replacing a cyclic prefix CP of the common channel and/or a common reference signal;
  • the cyclic prefix period is used to transmit the CP of the common channel and/or common reference signal.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit includes: a time ratio number of the first time unit, where the time ratio number is a configuration of a first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or common reference signal transmission determined according to a ratio period.
  • the data transmission The module is further configured to notify the user equipment of the configuration information of the first time unit dynamically by using the downlink control signaling, or notify the user equipment by using the high layer signaling.
  • the time unit determining module is further configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M is reserved in the second time unit
  • the sub-time units constitute a switching time period, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module is further configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except the last Transmitted on sub-time units other than M sub-time units.
  • the time unit determining module is further configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a last one of the second time units
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the time unit, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • the data transmission module is further configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except the last a sub-time unit outside a sub-time unit and a pass within the last sub-time unit Transfer on the time period.
  • the length of the period of the transmission period in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit is less than or equal to the service in the other sub-time unit of the second sub-unit except the last sub-time unit The length of the time period for channel transmission.
  • the device for data transmission further includes: a configuration module, configured to configure, for the user equipment, a process of performing channel state information measurement on the pilot resource on each sub-time unit in the first time unit.
  • the second time unit includes the number of sub-time units greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides an apparatus for data transmission, including:
  • a time unit determining module configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switch a time period, where the switching time period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a data transmission module configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is divided by the last M sub-times in the second time unit Transfer on sub-time units outside the unit.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is The configuration of the second time unit determined according to the ratio period.
  • the data transmission module is further configured to: configure information of the second time unit And dynamically notify the user equipment by using the downlink control signaling, or notify the user equipment by using high layer signaling.
  • the time unit determining module is further configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and at least N in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after the sub-time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by using the common channel and/or the common reference signal.
  • Said N is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module is further configured to transmit the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to configuration information of the first time unit, where the common channel And/or a common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the device for data transmission further includes:
  • a configuration module configured to configure, for the user equipment, a process of performing channel state information measurement on the pilot resources on each sub-time unit in the first time unit.
  • the second The number of sub-time units included in the time unit is greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • an apparatus for data transmission including:
  • a time unit determining module configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a reservation is performed in a last one of the second time units Switching a time period and a transmission time period, where the switching time period is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • a data transmission module configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except the last sub-time The sub-time unit outside the unit and the transmission time period within the last sub-time unit are transmitted.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, the time ratio number Is the configuration of the second time unit determined according to the proportioning period.
  • the data transmission module is further configured to: configure information of the second time unit And dynamically notify the user equipment by using the downlink control signaling, or notify the user equipment by using high layer signaling.
  • the time unit determining module is further configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and at least N in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after the sub-time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by using the common channel and/or the common reference signal.
  • Said N is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module is further configured to transmit the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to configuration information of the first time unit, where the common channel And/or a common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • an apparatus for data transmission including:
  • a time unit determining module configured to determine configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period
  • the switching time period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a data transmission module configured to transmit the common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel in the third time unit according to configuration information of the third time unit, where the common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel is
  • the third time unit transmits on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit includes: a time ratio number of the third time unit, where the time ratio number is The configuration of the third time unit occupied by the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel transmission determined according to the proportioning period.
  • the data transmission module is further configured to notify the user equipment of the configuration information of the third time unit dynamically by using the downlink control signaling, or notify the user equipment by using high layer signaling.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a configuration acquiring module configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit Reserving a switching time period and a transmission time period in a sub-time unit, wherein the switching time period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a common channel and/or a common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • a receiving module configured to receive the common channel and/or a common reference signal during the transmission period.
  • the configuration obtaining module is further configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and the last M sub-units are reserved in the second time unit.
  • the time unit constitutes a switching time period, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module is further configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a last one of the second time units
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the unit, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a traffic channel on the transmission time period in the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit.
  • the configuration acquiring module is specifically configured to receive a downlink control signal And configuring information of the first time unit in the wireless time window notified by the high layer signaling; receiving configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window notified by the downlink control signaling or the high layer signaling.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • the configuration obtaining module is configured to acquire configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time. a segment, the switching time period is used for a traffic channel to perform analog beam switching, where the M is a natural number;
  • a receiving module configured to receive a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module is further configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and at least N sub-times in the first time unit A switching time period and a transmission time period are reserved in a first sub-time unit after the time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam for the common channel and/or the common reference signal, N is a natural number;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the common channel and/or a common reference signal within a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the configuration acquiring module is further configured to receive downlink control signaling or high layer signaling Notifying configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window; receiving configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window notified by downlink control signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a configuration acquiring module configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and the last one of the second time units is reserved for switching a time period and a transmission time period, where the switching time period is used for the traffic channel to perform analog beam switching;
  • a receiving module configured to receive, in the second time unit, a traffic channel on a transmission time period other than the last sub-time unit and a transmission time period in the last sub-time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module is further configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and at least N sub-times in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after the time unit,
  • the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for common channel and/or common reference signal to perform analog beam switching, where N is a natural number;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive a common channel and/or a common reference signal during a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the configuration acquiring module is specifically configured to receive downlink control signaling or high layer signaling Notifying configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window; receiving configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window notified by downlink control signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • the eighth aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • the configuration obtaining module is configured to acquire configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window, where the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period.
  • the switching time period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a receiving module configured to receive a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • the configuration acquiring module is configured to receive a third time unit in the wireless time window that is notified by using downlink control signaling or high layer signaling Configuration information.
  • a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a system for data transmission, including:
  • the tenth aspect of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first one after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the sub-time unit, and the switching time period is used for switching the analog beam by using the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • the N is the first occupied by the common channel and/or the common reference signal in each of the first time units The number of sub-time units in the time unit.
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period and the transmission time period;
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period, the transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period.
  • the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is replaced by replacing the common channel and/or The cyclic prefix CP of the common reference signal is obtained; or,
  • the cyclic prefix period is used to transmit the CP of the common channel and/or common reference signal.
  • the switching time period is configured according to a predefined switching time configuration index. definite.
  • the first The configuration information of the time unit includes: a time ratio number of the first time unit, where the time ratio number is a first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or common reference signal transmission determined according to a ratio period Configuration.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by using high layer signaling.
  • the seventh aspect of the tenth aspect possible in combination with the first or second or the third or the fourth or the fifth or the sixth possible possible implementation of the tenth or tenth aspect, the seventh aspect of the tenth aspect possible In an implementation manner, the method further includes:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period,
  • the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the eighth aspect of the tenth aspect In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a reserved switching time period and transmission in a last one of the second time units a time period, the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • Transmitting the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is in a sub-time other than the last sub-time unit in the second time unit The transmission is performed on the transmission time period within the unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the time period of the transmission time period in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit is less than Equal to the length of time period for the traffic channel transmission in the other sub-time units of the last sub-time unit in the second time unit.
  • the method further includes:
  • a process of channel state information measurement for pilot resources on each sub-time unit in the first time unit is configured for the user equipment.
  • the pilot resources measured on each sub-time unit respectively correspond to one pre-coding information.
  • the second time unit includes the number of sub-time units greater than or equal to The number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period, the switching time
  • the segment is used for the traffic channel to perform analog beam switching, and the M is a natural number;
  • the length of time of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: the second A time ratio number of the time unit, the time ratio number being a configuration of the second time unit determined according to a ratio period.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is passed
  • the downlink control signaling is dynamically notified to the user equipment or notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling.
  • the method further includes :
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • the common channel and/or common reference signal is transmitted, wherein the common channel and/or common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the method further includes:
  • a process of channel state information measurement for pilot resources on each sub-time unit in the first time unit is configured for the user equipment.
  • the second time unit includes a number of sub-time units greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • Determining configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last one of the second time units reserves a switching time period and a transmission time period The switching time period is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • Transmitting the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is in a sub-time other than the last sub-time unit in the second time unit The transmission is performed on the transmission time period within the unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the length of time of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: the second A time ratio number of the time unit, the time ratio number being a configuration of the second time unit determined according to a ratio period.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is passed
  • the downlink control signaling is dynamically notified to the user equipment or notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling.
  • the method further includes :
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • the number of sub-time units included in the second time unit is greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • Determining configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window wherein the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, where the switching time period is used Performing analog beam switching on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, the M being a natural number;
  • Transmitting the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel in the third time unit according to configuration information of the third time unit, wherein the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is in the third time unit The transmission is performed on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units.
  • the length of time of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit includes: the third A time ratio number of a time unit, the time ratio number being a configuration of a third time unit occupied by the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel transmission determined according to a ratio period.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit is passed
  • the downlink control signaling is dynamically notified to the user equipment or notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • the first time unit package Enclosing a plurality of sub-time units, wherein a switching time period and a transmission time period are reserved in a first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, the switching time period being used for a common channel and/or
  • the common reference signal performs switching of the analog beam, and the N is a natural number;
  • the common channel and/or common reference signal is received during the transmission time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period,
  • the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a traffic channel is received on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a reserved switching time period and transmission in a last one of the second time units a time period, the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • a traffic channel is received in the second time unit except for a transmission time period in a sub-time unit other than the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the acquiring the first time unit in the wireless time window Configuration information including:
  • the acquiring the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window includes:
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • a traffic channel is received on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • the common channel and/or common reference signal is received during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the acquiring configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window includes: :
  • the acquiring the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window includes:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • Obtaining configuration information of a second time unit in a wireless time window wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a last one of the second time units reserves a switching time period and a transmission time period The switching time period is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • a traffic channel is received in the second time unit except for a transmission time period in a sub-time unit other than the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • a common channel and/or a common reference signal is received during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the acquiring the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window includes: :
  • the acquiring the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window includes:
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including:
  • Obtaining configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window where the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, where the switching time period is used Performing analog beam switching on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, the M being a natural number;
  • a common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is received on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units within the third time unit.
  • the acquiring the configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window includes:
  • first, configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window is determined, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first time after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the sub-time unit, and the switching time period is used for
  • the common channel and/or the common reference signal performs analog beam switching, and then transmits the common channel and/or the common reference signal in the first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to the configuration information of the first time unit, then the common channel and/or The common reference signal is transmitted during the transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the antenna element can be adjusted in the switching time period.
  • the virtual weighting performs analog beam switching, and the common channel and/or the common reference channel are not transmitted during the switching period, but are transmitted during the transmission period in the first sub-time unit. Since the first sub-time unit to which the preset switching period belongs is a sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, each sub-time unit of each time unit in the wireless time window is not required. Set the switching time period to avoid waste of resources.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a frame of a first subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another frame structure of a first subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a frame for transmitting a PBCH in a first subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2-d is a schematic structural diagram of a frame for transmitting a PSS/SSS in a first subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 2 e is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a radio frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a frame of a second subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another frame structure of a second subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another frame of a second subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a system for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a schematic block diagram of another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram showing another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram showing another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram showing another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of another method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a user equipment and system for data transmission, which can reduce the switching time period of the analog beam set in the wireless time window and avoid waste of resources.
  • an apparatus 100 for data transmission may include: a time unit determining module 101 and a data transmission module 102, where
  • a time unit determining module 101 configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, wherein the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit Resetting a switching time period and a transmission time period in a first sub-time unit, wherein the switching time period is used for switching a common beam and a common reference signal, wherein the N is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module 102 is configured to transmit, according to configuration information of the first time unit, the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit, where the common channel and/or Or a common reference signal is transmitted during the transmission period.
  • the N is a number of sub-time units in the first time unit occupied by each transmission of the common channel and/or common reference signal in the first time unit.
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period and the transmission time period;
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period, the transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period.
  • the switching period in the first sub-time unit is obtained by replacing a cyclic prefix CP of a common channel and/or a common reference signal;
  • the cyclic prefix period is used to transmit the CP of the common channel and/or common reference signal.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit includes: a time ratio number of the first time unit, where the time ratio number is the common channel determined according to a ratio period And/or configuration of the first time unit occupied by the common reference signal transmission.
  • the second time unit includes a number of sub-time units greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the data is transmitted by dynamically weighting multiple antenna elements of the analog domain into one antenna port, and the transmission data of each port can be obtained.
  • Beamformed array gain to overcome large path losses at high frequencies.
  • the beam of the transmitted signal formed by the array is narrow, and the beamforming of the analog domain and the corresponding data transmission are required in a time division manner to ensure coverage of all users in the entire cell.
  • a radio frequency (RF) chain corresponds to a virtual weighting of a plurality of antenna elements (ie, corresponding to one analog beam), and different virtual weights correspond to different analog beams, when different transmission moments are used. Switching from an analog beam when using different virtual weights To another analog beam, it is necessary to consider how to set the switching period of the above analog beam in the system frame structure design.
  • the time unit determining module 101 classifies the transmitted data, and adopts a switching time period setting manner adapted to the data self-transmission for different types of data, where
  • the wireless time window refers to a time domain resource used for wireless signal transmission.
  • a wireless time window may refer to a generalized wireless transmission time unit, and may also refer to a specific transmission time unit. Such as a superframe, radio frame, or subframe, time slot, and so on.
  • the data transmitted in the wireless time window can be divided into two categories: one is a common channel and/or a common reference signal, and the other is a traffic channel.
  • all time units in each wireless time window for transmitting the above data are divided into two categories, one is defined as a first time unit, and the other is defined as a second time unit, for example
  • the wireless time window is a radio frame
  • the first time unit may represent the first subframe in the radio frame
  • the second time unit may represent the second subframe in the radio frame.
  • the wireless time window is a superframe
  • the first time unit represents a first radio frame in the wireless superframe
  • the second time unit represents a second radio frame in the wireless superframe.
  • the wireless time window is a wireless subframe
  • the first time unit represents a first symbol in the wireless subframe
  • the second time unit represents a second symbol in the wireless subframe.
  • the common channel and/or the common reference signal are transmitted in a first time unit in the wireless time window
  • the traffic channel is transmitted in a second time unit in the wireless time window
  • the first time unit is a common channel and / or the time unit of the common reference signal transmission
  • the second time unit is the time unit of the traffic channel transmission.
  • the common channel and/or the common reference signal may include a synchronization signal, a control channel, a broadcast channel, and the like, such as a physical broadcast channel (PBCH), a physical hybrid retransmission request.
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid Auto Repeat Request Indicator Channel
  • PCFICH Physical Control Format Indicator Channel
  • PSS/SSS Primary Synchronization Signal/Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the coverage of the traffic channel can be overcome by beamforming of many antenna ports at the transmitting end, and the transmission of the common channel and the common reference signal is required to ensure the entire cell. Wide coverage usually does not use beamforming techniques, resulting in severe coverage limitations.
  • transmission of multiple analog beams is typically performed in a time-division manner. Wherein each analog beam corresponds to a virtual weighting on a plurality of antenna elements.
  • the time granularity of data transmission of a traffic channel is usually greater than the time granularity of data or signal transmission of a common channel and or a common reference signal.
  • the time granularity of data transmission of a traffic channel is a wireless sub-
  • the time granularity of the data or signal transmission of the common channel and or the common reference signal is one or several symbols in the wireless subframe. Therefore, the time granularity of the transformation or switching of the analog beam on which the data transmission of the traffic channel is based is different from the time granularity of the transformation or switching of the analog beam corresponding to the data or signal transmission of the common channel and the common reference signal.
  • the analog beam switching of the data transmission of the traffic channel is of the sub-frame size, that is, the minimum time granularity of the analog beam switching on which the traffic channel transmission is based is a subframe.
  • the analog beam switching of the data or signal transmission of the common channel and or the common reference signal is of the symbol magnitude, ie the minimum time granularity of the analog beam switching of the common channel and or the common reference signal transmission is a symbol.
  • a first sub-time unit is determined from every N sub-time units in the first time unit, for example, when the value of N is 2 That is, there is a first sub-time unit every 2 sub-time units in the first time unit.
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit, and the time resources in the first sub-time unit are divided into two time periods, and the two time periods have respective uses, and it is clear that The switching time period is reserved for the switching use of the analog beam.
  • the number of sub-time units in the first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or the common reference signal in each transmission in the first time unit may be first determined, for example, the common channel and/or the common reference signal is in the first The number of symbols in the first subframe occupied by each transmission in a subframe.
  • the number of sub-time units is represented by N, and the value of N is a natural number greater than or equal to 1, according to the common channel and / Or the number of sub-time units occupied by the common reference signal N determines a time period from the first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units in the first time unit of the wireless time window, and the determined time period is
  • the switching time period is reserved for the switching of the analog beam due to the determined time period (ie, the switching time period), that is, the common channel and/or the common reference transmitted in the first time unit according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the switching period of the analog beam may be a few microseconds or a few microseconds or tens of microseconds, and thus is not limited to a first sub-time unit, optionally, The switching time period may be a time period within a first sub-time unit, or may be one or several first sub-time units.
  • switching between the common channel and the analog beam corresponding to the common reference signal is performed in a switching period of the first sub-time unit in the first time unit of the wireless time window, specifically, in the
  • the common channel and/or common reference signal can adjust or switch the virtual weighting of multiple antenna elements during the switching period.
  • the above transmission time period refers to a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit, for example, transmitting a common channel and/or a common reference signal in a transmission time period other than the handover time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period and the transmission time period, or in the first sub-time
  • a transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period in addition to the switching time period
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of a switching time period, a transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period.
  • the switching period within the first sub-time unit can optionally be replaced by a common channel and/or a common reference signal transmitted during the transmission period.
  • Cyclic Prefix (CP) is obtained.
  • the time period originally used as the CP in the first sub-time unit is reserved as the switching time period.
  • the cyclic prefix period is used to transmit the CP of the common channel and/or the common reference signal, that is, in the first sub-
  • the time unit includes a cyclic prefix time period in addition to the switching time period and the transmission time period, and the cyclic prefix time period is used for the CP of the common channel and/or the common reference signal, so the time period occupied by the CP is not pre-predicted. Leave as the switching time period.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a wireless frame
  • the first time The unit is specifically the first subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically a symbol in the subframe
  • the first sub-time unit is specifically the first symbol in the first subframe.
  • the normal CP is reserved in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe
  • the CP period is in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe.
  • the switching time period is reserved for the switching of the analog beam; or the normal CP in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe is replaced with the switching time period, and the switching time is The segment is used as a switch for the analog beam.
  • the reserved switching time period when the switching time period is reserved in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe, the reserved switching time period may not occupy the normal CP, but occupy the first A time period outside the CP time period in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in a subframe, such as the tail of the first symbol, so that the original normal CP in the wireless subframe can be reserved, in another example
  • the reserved switching time period when the switching time period is reserved in the first symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe, the reserved switching time period may occupy a normal CP, so that the normal CP is replaced by the analog beam switching.
  • the orthogonality of each subcarrier in the OFDM system is implemented by a normal CP.
  • the normal CP is replaced by the switching time period, and the orthogonality between the subcarriers is destroyed.
  • the transmission performance corresponding to the frame structure design of the OFDM system using the switching period instead of the normal CP is greatly reduced.
  • the number of symbols reserved in the first subframe may be one or more, for example, after every at least N symbols in the first subframe of the radio frame.
  • a switching period is reserved for each of the symbols for analog beam switching.
  • the transmission of the common channel and/or the common reference signal is performed based on the first subframe in which a switching period is reserved for every other symbol after at least N symbols for analog beam switching.
  • the transmission of the common channel and/or the common reference signal in the first subframe ensures that the common channel and/or the common reference signal can be flexibly switched based on the granularity of each symbol.
  • each symbol of the first subframe may be to preserve a normal CP, such as a structure based on OFDM symbols in the current LTE system, that is, a time period in which the normal CP in the current OFDM symbol is retained and outside the normal CP, such as A switching time period is reserved for the end of each symbol for the switching of the analog beam.
  • a normal CP such as a structure based on OFDM symbols in the current LTE system
  • FIG. 2-a is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of the first subframe in the embodiment of the present invention, where the first subframe Two slots are included, and the frame structure of one slot is illustrated as an example.
  • One slot includes 6 symbols, and each symbol is represented by N CP-OFDM , and is reserved in each symbol.
  • the switching period of the analog beam is reserved at the end of each symbol.
  • the black square indicates the normal CP
  • the gray square indicates the common channel and/or the common reference signal
  • the white square indicates the switching time of the analog beam. segment. Since the first symbol in the first subframe reserves the switching period of the analog beam, the analog beam switching of the symbol level granularity can be implemented in the first subframe.
  • each symbol after every at least N symbols in the first subframe of the radio frame may also be a structure that does not retain the normal CP, that is, each symbol is replaced by a switching period.
  • the time period of the normal CP is used for the switching of the analog beam, and then the switching between the analog beams is completed by using the switching time period.
  • FIG. 2-b which is another frame structure of the first subframe in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram in which a first subframe includes two time slots, and a frame structure of one of the time slots is illustrated as an example.
  • One time slot includes six symbols, and each symbol is represented by N CP-OFDM .
  • the normal CP is not retained in the symbols, and the original normal CP is replaced with the switching time period.
  • the gray squares indicate the common channel and/or the common reference signal, and the white squares indicate the switching period of the analog beam. Since the first symbol in the first subframe reserves the switching period of the analog beam, the analog beam switching of the symbol level granularity can be implemented in the first subframe.
  • the PBCH in the current Long Term Evolution (LTE) system transmits in the first 4 symbols of the second slot of the first subframe of each of the consecutive multiple frames, and thus is for the PBCH.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the switching of the analog beam can be every 4 symbols, that is, the interval of the analog beam switching of the PBCH can be at least 4 symbols.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a PBCH transmitted in a first subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention, where a PBCH transmission duration is 40 milliseconds (ms), and a radio frame is 10 ms.
  • a subframe includes 2 slots, each slot includes 7 symbols, and the PBCH is transmitted in the first 4 symbols of the second slot of the first subframe. That is to say, when the common channel and/or the common reference signal is specifically a broadcast channel, the number of symbols N is 4, so a time period can be reserved in every symbol of at least 4 symbols in the first subframe. Used to switch the analog beam.
  • the transmission timing of the broadcast channel at a high frequency is not different from the current design of the LTE.
  • the switching of the analog beam in the embodiment of the present invention is still applicable, and
  • the number of symbols occupied by the broadcast channel within the transmission subframe is adaptively changed, that is, the actual handover varies with the number of symbols occupied by the broadcast channel.
  • the frame structure of the PSS/SSS is transmitted in the first subframe in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the PSS/SSS is in the PSS/SSS under the current LTE FDD frame structure.
  • SSS The transmission is performed on the last two symbols of the first slot of the transmission subframe, that is, the PSS and the SSS respectively occupy one symbol, so for the PSS/SSS, the switching of the analog beam may be every two symbols, that is, The analog beam is switched at a time granularity of two symbols, such as switching the analog beam of the transmission subframe in which the PSS/SSS is located at the last part of every two symbols.
  • the number of configurable symbols may be any one of 1, 2, 3, 4, and the like. Therefore, the switching period of the corresponding analog beam may be performed according to the configured number of PDCCH symbols, that is, the analog beam switching of the PDCCH is performed after at least N symbols.
  • the transmission timing of the common channel and/or the common reference signal at a high frequency is different from a new design of the current LTE system, such as the system frame structure is Different from the current structure of the LTE system, the number of symbols of the common channel and the common reference signal in each subframe and the location of the common channel and/or the common reference signal are different, but the basic principle is similar, that is,
  • the switching of the analog beam may be related to the number of symbols occupied by the common channel and/or the common reference signal in a single transmission. Since the switching of the analog beam can support the minimum granularity (ie, symbol) of the time domain, it can be flexibly supported.
  • Analog beam switching of various time domain granularities such as every at least one symbol, or every at least one time slot, or every at least one subframe, or every at least one radio frame, etc., depending on the common channel and / or the transmission timing of the common reference signal and the number of symbols occupied.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification manner of the high-level signaling, for example, the dynamic control and notification of the downlink control signaling, that is, carrying the first time in the downlink control signaling.
  • the configuration information of the unit is dynamically notified.
  • the notification may also be indication signaling of the bitmap.
  • the base station may adopt a semi-static configuration mode of the high-level signaling, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a long-period configuration.
  • the radio resource control (RRC) signaling or other high-level signaling may be used.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Statically notifying the configuration information of the first time unit such as, by the 1 bit high layer signaling, notifying whether the type of the time unit is a first time unit, or configuring a first time unit set by high layer signaling, where the configuration may be It is in the form of a bitmap.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame, and the time unit is specifically a subframe.
  • the bitmap representation of 10 subframes in a radio frame may be: 0011011001, representing the third, fourth, sixth, seventh, ten subframes. a sub-frame,
  • the other subframes are the second subframe, where it is assumed that 0 represents the second subframe and 1 represents the first subframe. Of course, it can also be reversed.
  • the time ratio number of the first time unit may be included, where the time The proportioning number is a configuration of the first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or common reference signal transmission determined according to the ratio period. That is, the configuration information of the first time unit carries the time ratio number of the first time unit, and the user equipment determines the time ratio number of the first time unit by analyzing the configuration information of the first time unit, and passes the specific time ratio number. Get the specific configuration of the first time unit.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a wireless frame.
  • the first time unit is specifically the first subframe
  • the sub time unit is specifically a symbol in the subframe
  • the first sub-time unit is specifically The first symbol in a sub-frame.
  • the first subframe in which the handover time period is reserved is defined as a handover subframe, and the analog beam handover of the common channel and/or the common reference signal can only be performed in the handover subframe, as shown in FIG. 2-e.
  • each subframe (subframe, sf) is 1 ms, and one radio frame includes a total of 10 sfs, and only some of the subframes are handover subframes (ie, the first sub-frame)
  • the base station can pre-define the periodic time ratio, and the high-level signaling notifies the time-matching number corresponding to the different matching period, and performs analog beam switching according to the configuration corresponding to the number.
  • Table 1 is a configuration table of time ratios provided by an embodiment of the present invention:
  • each row in the table represents a seed frame matching option
  • S in Table 1 represents a switching subframe
  • N represents a normal subframe
  • the second row represents A switching ratio option with a matching period of 5 subframes
  • the subframe 0 in this option is configured as a handover subframe
  • the subframes 1, 2, 3, and 4 are configured as normal subframes
  • the subframe 5 is configured as a handover subframe
  • the sixth, seventh, and eighth frames are configured as subframes.
  • the subframe 9 is configured as a normal subframe, so it represents a subframe configuration with a matching period of 5.
  • the reserved handover time period in the first subframe is used for the switching of the analog beam.
  • the present invention describes the setting manner of the handover time period by using the following embodiments, specifically, the handover time period. It is determined according to a predefined switch time configuration index.
  • the switching time configuration index may be defined in advance, and a configuration index corresponds to a certain length of time. When a switching time configuration index is selected, it is equivalent to which one is used.
  • the time length is used as the switching time period, so that the time length of the switching time period of the analog beam can be determined.
  • Table 2 is a configuration table of the switching time configuration index provided by the embodiment of the present invention:
  • the higher layer signaling further informs the switching time configuration index (Index), and according to this configuration, the time length setting of the corresponding switching time period is performed.
  • the configuration index is 0, it means that the switching time is not set, and when the configuration index is 1, the switching time is set according to the time interval of 1/4 sub-time units.
  • the setting of the switching period may also have other implementation manners, such as a design similar to the Extended CP in the existing standard, where the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame.
  • the first time unit is specifically the first subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically a symbol in the subframe
  • the first sub-time unit is specifically the first symbol in the first subframe.
  • the number of symbols carried in the switching period in which the analog beam is not included in the first subframe is defined as N 1 and the number of symbols in the first subframe including the switching period of the analog beam is defined as N 2 , N 1 >N 2 , (subframe length / N 2 - subframe length / N 1 ) can be used as the length of time of the switching period of the analog beam.
  • the time unit determining module 101 is further configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, The last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module 102 is further configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except Transmitted on sub-time units other than the last M sub-time units.
  • the switching of the switching time period for the switching of the analog beam is reserved in the first time unit in the wireless time window, and the step of the time unit determining module 101 is: in the wireless time window.
  • a second time unit is included, which is different from the first time unit in that the second time unit is a time unit for transmitting a traffic channel.
  • the time length of the first sub-time unit in which the switching time period for analog beam switching is reserved in the first time unit is greater than or equal to the sub-time of the unreserved switching time period in the first or second time unit. The length of time of the unit.
  • the subcarrier spacing corresponding to the first sub-time unit of the first time unit is less than or equal to the sub-carrier spacing corresponding to the sub-time unit of the first or second time unit that has not reserved the switching period.
  • the setting may be as follows: the number of sub-time units included in the second time unit is greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame
  • the first time unit is specifically a first subframe
  • the sub time unit is specifically a symbol in a subframe
  • the second time unit is specifically a second subframe, where the first subframe is used for transmission.
  • the common channel and/or the common reference signal, different from the first subframe is that the second subframe is a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel.
  • the measurement of the traffic channel and the channel quality information are based on each Sub-frames, so the switching and changing of the analog beams used for each data transmission is usually based on each sub-frame, so there is no need to reserve the switching time period in each symbol in the second sub-frame.
  • the last M symbols can be reserved in each second subframe as the switching period of the analog beam switching. For example, when M is 2, only the last reserved in each second subframe. 2 symbols are used for analog beam switching, and the transmission is performed in symbols other than the last 2 symbols in the second subframe.
  • the traffic channel optionally each symbol of the second subframe retains the normal CP.
  • the data transmission module 102 performs the steps of: the last M sub-time units in the second time unit are used as the switching time period of the analog beam switching, and the traffic channel is in the second time unit except the last M sub-time units. transmission. For example, there are 10 sub-time units in the second time unit. If the value of M is 3, the third sub-units of the 8th, 9th, and 10th time units are used as the switching time period of the analog beam switching. A total of 7 sub-time units of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 can be used to transmit traffic channels.
  • the time unit determining module 101 is further configured to determine configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, The switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • the data transmission module 102 is further configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except The sub-time unit outside the last sub-time unit and the transmission time period within the last sub-time unit are transmitted.
  • the length of the period of the transmission period in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit is less than or equal to the other sub-time unit in the second time unit except the last sub-time unit.
  • the length of the time period for the traffic channel transmission is less than or equal to the other sub-time unit in the second time unit except the last sub-time unit.
  • a reserved handover time period in a first time unit in a wireless time window is used for analog beam switching, and the time unit determining module 101 may perform steps in addition to the wireless time window.
  • the second time unit is further included. Unlike the first time unit, the second time unit is a time unit for transmitting a traffic channel, for example, the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame, first.
  • the time unit is specifically a first subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically a symbol in the subframe
  • the second time unit is specifically a second subframe
  • the first subframe is used for transmitting a common channel and/or a common reference signal
  • the first subframe is used for transmitting a common channel and/or a common reference signal
  • the first subframe is used for transmitting a common channel and/or a common reference signal
  • the first subframes is that the second subframe is a subframe for transmitting a traffic channel.
  • the transmission of the traffic channel and the measurement of the channel quality information are based on each subframe, so that each data transmission is adopted.
  • the switching and changing of the analog beam is usually based on each sub-frame, so in the second sub-frame, there is no need to reserve a switching period in each symbol for analog beam switching.
  • a switching time period and a transmission time period can be reserved in the last symbol in each second subframe, which is used for analog beam switching.
  • the steps executable by the data transmission module 102 are: second time
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is reserved in the last sub-time unit in the unit, then the sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit is still idle, and the traffic channel may be in the second time unit.
  • Sub-time units other than the last sub-time unit are transmitted.
  • the transmission time period reserved in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit can also be used as the transmission of the traffic channel.
  • the length of the period of the transmission period in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit is less than or equal to the other sub-time unit of the second sub-unit except the last sub-time unit.
  • the length of the time period used for traffic channel transmission For example, the switching time period in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit is used as the switching of the analog beam, that is to say in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit, only the transmission time other than the switching time period
  • the segment transmits the traffic channel, and in the second time unit, the sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit does not need to reserve the switching time period used for the analog beam switching, and the last sub-time unit is used for the service.
  • the length of the channel transmission period is less than the length of the time period for the traffic channel transmission in the other sub-time units of the last sub-time unit in the second time unit.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame.
  • the first time unit is specifically the first subframe
  • the second time unit is specifically the second subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically in the subframe.
  • the symbol, the first sub-time unit is specifically the first symbol in the first subframe.
  • the analog beam may reserve a normal CP in the last M symbols of the second subframe, and reserve a switching period for the analog beam switching at the tail of the last M symbols of the second subframe; or, The normal CP in the last M symbols of the two subframes is replaced with the switching period of the analog beam; or, the traffic channel is not transmitted in the last M symbols of the second subframe, and the last M symbols of the second subframe are all Used to switch the analog beam.
  • a normal CP can still be retained in the last M symbols of the second subframe, and the switching period of the analog beam switching occupies the tail of the last M symbols of the second subframe, so that the radio frame can be reserved.
  • the original normal CP when it is determined that the switching time period is reserved in the last M symbols of the second subframe, the reserved switching time period occupies the normal CP, so that the normal CP can be replaced with the switching period of the analog beam switching, or
  • the traffic channel is not transmitted in the last M symbols of the two subframes, and the traffic channel is transmitted only in symbols other than the last M symbols of the second subframe, and then the last M symbols are all used as the switching period of the analog beam.
  • the second The subcarrier spacing of the last symbol of each subframe in the subframe needs to be increased to ensure that the length of the last symbol is equal to the length of other symbols before, that is, the subcarrier spacing of the last symbol is greater than the subcarrier spacing of other symbols.
  • the last symbol is destroyed when data is transmitted, that is, the last symbol is not used for traffic channel transmission, but is used for analog beam switching.
  • the transmission of the traffic channel usually takes one subframe as the minimum time granularity, and the measurement and feedback of the channel quality information (such as precoding information, rank indication information, etc.) is also based on one subframe, that is, the simulation at the subframe level.
  • the switching time reservation of the beam is sufficient, so the transmission of the traffic channel can be performed based on the second subframe, and the second subframe reserves an empty CP time period in the last symbol of each subframe for analog beam switching. Switch the time period. Therefore, the switching of the analog beam is performed at a granularity of one subframe.
  • the last symbol in the second subframe may be a structure that retains the normal CP time period, such as based on the current OFDM symbol, that is, the current OFDM symbol is retained.
  • the normal CP reserves the switching time of a part of the analog beam at the end of each symbol, and the other symbols except the last symbol still maintain the structure of the normal CP and the valid data part, as shown in Figure 2-f, which is the implementation of the present invention.
  • Figure 2-f A schematic diagram of a frame structure of a second subframe provided by the example.
  • the last symbol of the second subframe may also be a structure that does not retain the normal CP time period, that is, the last symbol replaces the normal CP time period with the empty CP time period to complete the analog beam switching, and the last symbol is outside.
  • the other symbols still maintain the structure of the normal CP and the valid data portion.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another frame structure of a second subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a switching time period is reserved in each time slot of the second subframe of the radio frame for analog beam switching, that is, the switching time period may be reserved at a slot level or a subframe level, as described in FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another frame structure of a second subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 1sf represents a second subframe
  • each second subframe includes 2 slots
  • white squares indicate services.
  • Channel, black squares indicate the switching period of the analog beam.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching may be reserved in an infinite frame or a super frame as a granularity. For example, when the radio frame is granular, the time interval of the switching period of the two analog beam switching is greater than or Equal to the length of 1 radio frame.
  • the apparatus 100 for data transmission further includes: a configuration module 103, configured to configure, for the user equipment, each sub-time in the first time unit The process of channel state information (CSI) measurement on the pilot resources on the unit.
  • CSI channel state information
  • the embodiment of the present invention may include configuring the user equipment in the first time unit to guide The frequency signal performs the process of CSI measurement.
  • the user equipment is configured to perform a CSI measurement of the pilot signal in the first time unit.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame.
  • the first time unit is specifically the first subframe
  • the second time unit is specifically the second subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically in the subframe.
  • the first sub-time unit is specifically the first symbol in the first sub-frame, and further, in order to determine the quantity relationship of the number of symbols included between the first sub-frame and the second sub-frame, the first sub- The time length of the frame and the second subframe are aligned, that is, if the lengths of the first subframe and the second subframe remain the same, because the symbol length in the first subframe is greater than or equal to the symbol in the second subframe.
  • the length is determined, so that the number of symbols of the first subframe is determined to be less than or equal to the number of symbols of the second subframe.
  • the first subframe may be used only to transmit the common channel and/or the common reference signal, and at this time, the entire bandwidth in each symbol of each subframe is used to transmit the common channel and/or the common reference signal.
  • the common channel and some common reference signals include, but are not limited to, a control channel, a synchronization signal, a broadcast channel, a control format indicator channel, a success/failure (ACK/NAK) information transmission channel, and the like.
  • ACK/NAK success/failure
  • the transmission of the traffic channel can also be allowed in the first subframe, specifically, the traffic channel can also be transmitted correspondingly when the common channel is transmitted for each symbol, since the analog beam switching of the common channel and the common reference signal is a symbol level. Therefore, the analog beams on different symbols may be different.
  • CSI measurement and reporting per symbol may be performed, that is, performing pilot-level measurement pilot resources, such as channel state information-Reference Signal (RS) resources.
  • RS channel state information-Reference Signal
  • the base station triggers the user equipment to perform symbol level CSI measurement and feedback in the first subframe, where the base station needs to configure and notify each user equipment on which symbols in the first subframe to perform the same CSI measurement and feedback (eg, The symbols with the same CSI-RS configuration belong to the same class, that is, one CSI-RS configuration corresponds to one type of CSI measurement and feedback, or the CSI-RS resource configuration corresponding to the same analog beam and the corresponding CSI measurement belong to the same CSI).
  • the other sub-frames trigger and configure the CSI measurement and configuration at the sub-frame level.
  • the measurement and feedback of the CSI by the user equipment can be referred to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station selects an analog beam corresponding to an optimal CSI information based on measurement information of different types (or different analog beams) CSI on each symbol in the first subframe, and may perform measurement according to the first subframe in the second subframe. The result determines whether the analog beam is switched and the optimal analog beam after switching.
  • each transmission subframe of the common channel ie, the first subframe
  • each transmission subframe of the traffic channel reserves a handover time period according to the number of symbols occupied by the common channel, and each transmission frame of the traffic channel only The conversion period is reserved in the last one or several symbols of each subframe (the second type of subframe).
  • each symbol in the first subframe or the second subframe may further be based on A new structure based on OFDM, which not only preserves the normal CP in each symbol, but also reserves the switching time period. These operations can preserve the orthogonality of OFDM and separately handle the control and service, thus reducing the Overhead.
  • configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window is determined, the first time unit including a plurality of sub-time units, after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit, and the switching time period is used as a common channel and/or a common reference signal for performing analog beam switching, and then according to the configuration information of the first time unit in the first time unit
  • the first sub-time unit transmits a common channel and/or a common reference signal, and the common channel and/or the common reference signal are transmitted during the transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the antenna element may be used in the switching time period.
  • the virtual weighting performs the switching of the analog beam, and the common channel and/or the common reference signal are not transmitted during the switching period, but are transmitted during the transmission period in the first sub-time unit. Since the first sub-time unit to which the preset switching period belongs is a sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, each sub-time unit of each time unit in the wireless time window is not required. Set the switching time period to avoid waste of resources.
  • a device 300 for data transmission may include: a time unit determining module 301 and a data transmission module 302, where
  • the time unit determining module 301 is configured to determine configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit. Switching time period, the switching time period is used for the traffic channel to perform the mode Switching of a quasi-beam, the M being a natural number;
  • the data transmission module 302 is configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is divided by the last M sub-subjects in the second time unit Transmitted on sub-time units outside the time unit.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is the second time determined according to a ratio period The configuration of the unit.
  • the data transmission module 302 is further configured to notify the user equipment of the configuration information of the second time unit dynamically by using downlink control signaling, or notify the user by using high layer signaling. device.
  • the time unit determining module 301 is further configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, a switching time period and a transmission time period are reserved in a first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, where the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for a common channel and/or The common reference signal performs switching of the analog beam, and the N is a natural number;
  • the data transmission module 302 is further configured to transmit the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to configuration information of the first time unit, where the public The channel and/or common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the apparatus 300 for data transmission further includes: a configuration module 303, configured to configure, for the user equipment, each sub-time in the first time unit The process of measuring channel state information on pilot resources on the unit.
  • the second time unit includes a number of sub-time units greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • time unit determining module 301 and the data transmission module 302 similar to the time unit determining module 101 and the data transmission module 102 described in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIGS. 1-a and 1-b, For details, refer to the detailed description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is the last M sub-time units in the second time unit in the wireless time window, and the time length of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • a predefined switching time configuration index For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is a second time unit occupied by the traffic channel transmission determined according to the ratio period Configuration.
  • the foregoing description of Table 1 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the second time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the downlink control signaling carries the configuration information of the second time unit for dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the second time unit).
  • the base station may adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer period configuration.
  • the second time unit may be semi-statically notified through RRC signaling or other high layer signaling.
  • the configuration information is as follows: the type of the time unit is notified by the 1 bit high layer signaling as the second time unit, or the second time unit set is configured by the high layer signaling, and the configuration may be in the form of a bitmap.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time. a segment, the switching time period is used for performing switching of the analog beam on the traffic channel, and then transmitting the traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units of the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, due to the wireless
  • the second time unit in the time window reserves the last M sub-time units for analog beam switching, so the analog beam can be switched according to the virtual weight of the antenna array in the switching time period, because the preset switching time period is
  • the last M sub-time units in the two time units are composed, so that it is not necessary to set the switching time period in each sub-time unit of the second time unit in the wireless time window, so that waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the foregoing embodiment describes a device for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • another device for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention is introduced.
  • the device for data transmission is as shown in FIG. 3-a and FIG.
  • the device for data transmission shown in b is different.
  • the device 400 for data transmission may include: a time unit determining module 401 and a data transmission module 402, where
  • the time unit determining module 401 is configured to determine configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, wherein the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last one of the second time units is pre-in- a handover time period and a transmission time period, the handover time period being used for services
  • the channel performs analog beam switching;
  • the data transmission module 402 is configured to transmit the traffic channel in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, where the traffic channel is in the second time unit except the last one The sub-time unit outside the time unit and the transmission time period within the last sub-time unit are transmitted.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is the second determined according to a ratio period The configuration of the time unit.
  • the data transmission module 402 is further configured to notify the user equipment of the configuration information of the second time unit dynamically by using downlink control signaling, or notify the user by using high layer signaling. device.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is located in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit in the wireless time window, and the time length of the switching time period is configured according to a predefined switching time.
  • the index is determined. For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is a second time unit occupied by the traffic channel transmission determined according to the ratio period Configuration.
  • the foregoing description of Table 1 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the second time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the downlink control signaling carries the configuration information of the second time unit for dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the second time unit).
  • the base station may adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer period configuration.
  • the second time unit may be semi-statically notified through RRC signaling or other high layer signaling.
  • the configuration information is as follows: the type of the time unit is notified by the 1 bit high layer signaling as the second time unit, or the second time unit set is configured by the high layer signaling, and the configuration may be in the form of a bitmap.
  • the time unit determining module 401 is further configured to determine configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub- a time unit, in each of the first time units, a switching time period and a transmission time period are reserved in a first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units, wherein the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for public Switching of analog beams by a channel and/or a common reference signal, said N being a natural number;
  • the data transmission module 402 is further configured to transmit the common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to configuration information of the first time unit, where the public The channel and/or common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the switching time is reserved in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit. a segment and a transmission time period, the switching time period is used to perform switching of the analog beam, and then the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit
  • the transmission is performed on a transmission time period other than the handover time period. Since the switching time period of the last sub-time unit is reserved in the wireless time window for the analog beam switching, the switching time period may be The analog beam is switched according to the virtual weight of the antenna array. Since the preset switching period is composed of the switching period of the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, the second time unit in the wireless time window is not required.
  • the switching time period is set for each sub-time unit, so that waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the foregoing embodiment describes a device for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • another device for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention is introduced.
  • the apparatus 500 for data transmission may include: a time unit determining module 501 and a data transmission module 502, where
  • the time unit determining module 501 is configured to determine configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window, where the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time. a segment, the switching period is used for performing switching of an analog beam on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a data transmission module 502 configured to transmit the common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel in the third time unit according to configuration information of the third time unit, where the common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel Transmitting on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit includes: a time ratio number of the third time unit, where the time ratio number is the common channel determined according to a ratio period Or the configuration of the third time unit occupied by the common reference signal or traffic channel transmission.
  • the data transmission module 502 is further configured to notify the user equipment of the configuration information of the third time unit dynamically by using downlink control signaling, or notify the user by using high layer signaling. device.
  • the time unit determining module 501 classifies the data that needs to be transmitted in the wireless time window, and adopts a switching time period setting manner adapted to the data self-transmission for different types of data, wherein the wireless time
  • the window refers to the time domain resource used for wireless signal transmission.
  • a wireless time window may refer to a generalized wireless transmission time unit, and may also refer to a specific transmission time unit, such as a Superframe, or one radio frame in current LTE, or subframe, time slot, etc. All time units in each wireless time window are divided into three categories.
  • each wireless time window further includes a type of time unit, which is defined as
  • the three-time unit reserves M sub-time units in the third time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period is used as a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel for analog beam switching, where the analog beam switching may refer to Analog beam switching as described in the previous embodiments. That is to say, the switching time period reserved in the third time unit can be used as the switching of the analog beam.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame
  • the first time unit is specifically a first subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically a symbol in a subframe
  • the third time unit is specifically a third subframe
  • the first subframe the first The difference between the two subframes is that the third subframe is a subframe for transmitting a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, and in the third subframe, it is not necessary to reserve a time period in each symbol for the analog beam.
  • the last M symbols can be reserved in each third subframe for analog beam switching. For example, when M is 2, only the last 2 symbols are reserved in each third subframe. The switching of the analog beams is performed, while the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is transmitted in symbols other than the last two symbols of the third subframe.
  • the last M sub-time units in the third time unit are used as the switching period of the analog beam, and then the common channel is transmitted on the other sub-time units except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit. Or a common reference signal or traffic channel.
  • the switching period of the analog beam switching is in the wireless time window.
  • the last M sub-time units in the third time unit, the length of time of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index. For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit includes: a time ratio number of the third time unit, where the time ratio number is the common channel or common reference signal or service determined according to the ratio period.
  • the configuration of the third time unit occupied by the channel transmission For example, the foregoing description of Table 1 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the third time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the configuration information of the third time unit is carried in the downlink control signaling to perform dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the third time unit).
  • the base station can adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer-cycle configuration.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a common channel.
  • a common reference signal or a traffic channel performs a switching period of analog beam switching, and then transmits a common channel or a common reference signal on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units of the third time unit according to the configuration information of the third time unit.
  • the analog beam can be switched according to the virtual weight of the antenna frame in the switching time period
  • the preset switching time period is composed of the last M sub-time units in the third time unit, so there is no need to set the switching time period in each sub-time unit of the third time unit in the wireless time window, so that waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the foregoing embodiment introduces a device for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention from the implementation side of the base station.
  • the user equipment corresponding to the device for data transmission is introduced. Referring to FIG. 6 , a method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided.
  • the user equipment 600 may include: a configuration obtaining module 601 and a receiving module 602, where
  • the configuration obtaining module 601 is configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and at least N in the first time unit
  • the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after the sub-time unit, and the switching time period is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, where the N is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 602 is configured to receive a common channel and/or a common reference signal in the transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method of data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 1-a and FIG. 1-b, and the configuration obtaining module 601 in the user equipment determines the wireless The configuration information of the first time unit in the time window, the device for transmitting the data is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses out the configuration content of the configuration information, so as to determine that there is data transmission in the transmission time period in the first sub-time unit, so the user equipment needs to receive the common channel and/or on the transmission time period.
  • the common reference signal the user equipment avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the first time unit, so as to correctly receive the common channel and/or the common reference signal.
  • the configuration obtaining module 601 is further configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes multiple sub-time units, where The last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 602 is configured to receive a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method for performing data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3-a and FIG. 3-b, and the configuration obtaining module in the user equipment determines the wireless time.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the window, the device for transmitting the data is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses out the configuration content of the configuration information, so as to determine that there is data transmission on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second sub-time unit, so the user equipment needs to be in the second time.
  • the service channel is received on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the unit, and the user equipment avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the second time unit, thereby correctly receiving the service letter. Road.
  • the configuration obtaining module 601 is further configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes multiple sub-time units, where The switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, and the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • the receiving module 602 is further configured to receive a traffic channel on the transmission time period divided by the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method for performing data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, and the configuration obtaining module in the user equipment determines the second time unit in the wireless time window.
  • the configuration information is implemented on the base station side, and the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is sent to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses the Configuring a configuration content of the information, thereby determining a transmission time in the second time unit other than the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the switching time period
  • the user equipment needs to divide the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit except the switching time period.
  • the traffic channel is received on the outer transmission time period, and the user equipment analyzes the configuration information of the second time unit. The information avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching, so that the traffic channel is correctly received.
  • the configuration obtaining module 601 is specifically configured to receive configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window notified by downlink control signaling or high layer signaling; and receive downlink control Configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window notified by signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • another user equipment 700 provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: a configuration obtaining module 701 and a receiving module 702.
  • the configuration obtaining module 701 is configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switch. Time period, the switching time period is used for the traffic channel to perform analog beam Switching, the M is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 702 is configured to receive a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module 701 is further configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub-time units, The switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for the common channel and/or the public
  • the reference signal is used to switch the analog beam, and the N is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 702 is further configured to receive the common channel and/or a common reference signal within a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module 701 is further configured to receive configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window that is notified by downlink control signaling or high layer signaling, and receive the downlink control signal by using a downlink control signal.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method for performing data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3-a and FIG. 3-b, and the configuration obtaining module in the user equipment determines the wireless time.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the window, the device for transmitting the data is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses out the configuration content of the configuration information, so as to determine that there is data transmission on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second sub-time unit, so the user equipment needs to be in the second time.
  • a service channel is received on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the unit, and the user equipment avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the second time unit, thereby correctly receiving the traffic channel.
  • another user equipment 800 provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: a configuration obtaining module 801 and a receiving module 802.
  • the configuration obtaining module 801 is configured to acquire configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window, where the second time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and the last one of the second time units is reserved Switching time period and transmission time period, the switching time period is used for the traffic channel Switching of analog beams;
  • the receiving module 802 is configured to receive a traffic channel on the transmission time period in the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module 801 is further configured to acquire configuration information of a first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes multiple sub-time units, The switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, and the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for the common channel and/or the public
  • the reference signal is used to switch the analog beam, and the N is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 802 is further configured to receive a common channel and/or a common reference signal during a transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module 801 is specifically configured to receive configuration information of a second time unit in the wireless time window that is notified by downlink control signaling or high layer signaling, and receive the downlink control signal by using a downlink control signal.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window that is or is signaled by the higher layer.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method for performing data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, and the configuration obtaining module in the user equipment determines the second time unit in the wireless time window.
  • the configuration information is implemented on the base station side, and the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is sent to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses the Configuring a configuration content of the information, thereby determining a transmission time in the second time unit other than the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the switching time period
  • the user equipment needs to divide the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit except the switching time period.
  • the traffic channel is received on the outer transmission time period, and the user equipment analyzes the configuration information of the second time unit. The information avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching, so that the traffic channel is correctly received.
  • another user equipment 900 provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include: a configuration obtaining module 901 and a receiving module 902.
  • the configuration obtaining module 901 is configured to acquire configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window, where the third time unit includes multiple sub-time units, and the last M units are reserved in the third time unit.
  • the sub-time unit constitutes a switching time period, and the switching time period is used for switching a common beam by using a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the receiving module 902 is configured to receive a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • the configuration obtaining module 901 is specifically configured to receive configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window notified by downlink control signaling or high layer signaling.
  • the method performed by the user equipment corresponds to the foregoing method for performing data transmission in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5, and the configuration obtaining module in the user equipment determines the third time unit in the wireless time window.
  • Configuration information where the device for transmitting the data is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses out Determining the configuration content of the configuration information, thereby determining that there is data transmission on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit, so the user equipment needs to be in the third time unit Receiving a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units, the user equipment avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the third time unit, thereby being correct A common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is received.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program executes some or all of the steps described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 1000 for data transmission includes:
  • the input device 1001, the output device 1002, the processor 1003, and the memory 1004 (wherein the number of processors 1003 in the device 1000 for data transmission may be one or more, and one processor in FIG. 10 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1001, the output device 1002, the processor 1003, and the memory 1004 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus is used in FIG. Connection is an example.
  • the processor 1003 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit And a switching time period for performing switching of the analog beam for the common channel and/or the common reference signal, wherein the N is a natural number;
  • the N stored in the memory 1004 is a sub-unit of the first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or the common reference signal in each of the first time units. The number of time units.
  • the first sub-time unit stored in the memory 1004 is composed of the switching period and the transmission period; or
  • the first sub-time unit is composed of the switching time period, the transmission time period and a cyclic prefix time period.
  • the switching time period in the first sub-time unit stored in the memory 1004 is obtained by replacing a cyclic prefix CP of the common channel and/or a common reference signal; or
  • the cyclic prefix period is used to transmit the CP of the common channel and/or common reference signal.
  • the switching time period stored in memory 1004 is determined based on a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit stored in the memory 1004 includes: a time ratio number of the first time unit, where the time ratio number is determined according to a ratio period The configuration of the first time unit occupied by the common channel and/or common reference signal transmission.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit stored in the memory 1004 is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling.
  • the processor 1003 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period,
  • the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • the processor 1003 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a reserved switching time period and transmission in a last one of the second time units a time period, the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • Transmitting the traffic channel in the second time unit according to configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is in a sub-time other than the last sub-time unit in the second time unit The transmission is performed on the transmission time period within the unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the length of the transmission period in the last sub-time unit of the second time unit stored in the memory 1004 is less than or equal to the last one in the second time unit.
  • the length of time period for the traffic channel transmission within the other sub-time units of the sub-time unit is less than or equal to the last one in the second time unit.
  • the processor 1003 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • a process of channel state information measurement for pilot resources on each sub-time unit in the first time unit is configured for the user equipment.
  • the pilot resources stored in the memory unit 1004 are each corresponding to one precoding information.
  • the second time unit stored in the memory 1004 includes the number of sub-time units greater than or equal to the number of sub-time units included in the first time unit.
  • the apparatus for data transmission includes:
  • the input device, the output device, the processor, and the memory (the number of processors in the device for data transmission may be one or more, specifically one processor as an example).
  • Some embodiments of the invention The input device, the output device, the processor and the memory may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein, by way of a bus connection, the device for data transmission may be similar to the device 1000 for data transmission described in FIG.
  • the processor is configured to perform the following steps:
  • Determining configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window wherein the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, where the switching time period is used Performing analog beam switching on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, the M being a natural number;
  • Transmitting the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel in the third time unit according to configuration information of the third time unit, wherein the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is in the third time unit The transmission is performed on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units.
  • the length of time of the switching time period stored in the memory is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit stored in the memory includes: a time ratio number of the third time unit, where the time ratio number is determined according to a ratio period.
  • the configuration of the third time unit occupied by the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel transmission.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit stored in the memory is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling.
  • the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, and the switching time period is reserved in the first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units in the first time unit.
  • a transmission time period the switching time period is used for common channel and/or common reference signal to perform analog beam switching, and then transmitting the common channel and/or in the first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to the configuration information of the first time unit.
  • the common reference signal, the common channel and/or the common reference signal are transmitted during the transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the antenna element may be used in the switching time period.
  • Virtual weighting for analog beam switching, the common channel and/or common reference channel are not transmitted during the switching period, and It is the transmission time period transmission in the first sub-time unit. Since the first sub-time unit to which the preset switching period belongs is selected every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, it is not necessary to set the switching for each sub-time unit of each time unit in the wireless time window. Time period, thus avoiding waste of resources.
  • the user equipment 1100 includes:
  • the input device 1101, the output device 1102, the processor 1103, and the memory 1104 (wherein the number of processors 1103 in the user device 1100 may be one or more, and one processor in FIG. 11 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1101, the output device 1102, the processor 1103, and the memory 1104 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the connection through the bus is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the processor 1103 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit And a switching time period for performing switching of the analog beam for the common channel and/or the common reference signal, wherein the N is a natural number;
  • the common channel and/or common reference signal is received during the transmission time period.
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period,
  • the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, where the M is a natural number;
  • a traffic channel is received on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the processor 1103 is further configured to perform the following steps:
  • the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a reserved switching time period and transmission in a last one of the second time units a time period, the switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • a traffic channel is received in the second time unit except for a transmission time period in a sub-time unit other than the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit.
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to perform the following steps:
  • the user equipment includes:
  • the input device, the output device, the processor, and the memory (wherein the number of processors in the user equipment may be one or more, specifically one processor as an example).
  • the input device, the output device, the processor, and the memory may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the user device may be connected to the user device 1100 described in FIG. 11 by way of a bus connection. Similar.
  • the processor is configured to perform the following steps:
  • Obtaining configuration information of a third time unit in the wireless time window where the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, where the switching time period is used Performing analog beam switching on a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, the M being a natural number;
  • a common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is received on the sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units within the third time unit.
  • the processor 1103 is specifically configured to perform the following steps:
  • the apparatus for data transmission determines configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, where the apparatus for transmitting data is implemented on a base station side, and sends a first time unit in a wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information, so as to determine that there is data transmission during the transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the user equipment needs to receive the common channel and/or the common reference signal on the transmission time period, and the user equipment avoids the switching time period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the first time unit, so as to correctly receive the common channel and / or public reference signal.
  • the foregoing embodiment describes the apparatus and user equipment for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the system for providing data transmission according to the embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 12, the data transmission is shown.
  • the system 1200 for transmission includes: a device 1201 for data transmission and a user device 1202, wherein the device 1201 for data transmission and the user device 1202 establish a connection in a communicable manner, such as through a wireless network or the like.
  • the apparatus 1001 for data transmission may be the apparatus 100 for data transmission according to any one of FIG. 1-a and FIG. 1-b, and the user equipment 1202 is the user equipment 600 as described in any one of FIG. 6; or ,
  • the apparatus 1201 for data transmission may be the apparatus 300 for data transmission as described in any one of FIG. 3-a and FIG. 3-b, and the user equipment 1202 is the user equipment 700 as described in any one of FIG. 7;
  • the apparatus 1201 for data transmission may be the apparatus 400 for data transmission as described in any one of FIG. 4 and the user equipment 1202 is the user equipment 800 as described in any one of FIG. 8;
  • the device 1201 for data transmission may be the device 500 for data transmission as described in any one of FIG. 5 and the user device 1202 is the user device 900 as described in any one of FIG.
  • the apparatus 1201 for data transmission may be the apparatus 1000 for data transmission according to any one of FIG. 10 and the user equipment 1202 is the user equipment as described in any one of FIG. 1100.
  • the apparatus for data transmission first determines configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, the first time unit including a plurality of sub-time units, each in the first time unit Resetting a switching period and a transmission period in the first sub-time unit after the at least N sub-time units, the switching period is used for common channel and/or common reference signal to perform analog beam switching, and then according to the configuration of the first time unit
  • the information transmits a common channel and/or a common reference signal in a first sub-time unit of the first time unit, and the common channel and/or the common reference signal is transmitted during a transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the antenna element can be adjusted in the switching time period.
  • the virtual weighting performs analog beam switching, and the common channel and/or the common reference channel are not transmitted during the switching period, but are transmitted during the transmission period in the first sub-time unit. Since the first sub-time unit to which the preset switching period belongs is a sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, each sub-time unit of each time unit in the wireless time window is not required. Set the switching time period to avoid waste of resources.
  • the data transmission method may include the following steps:
  • the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the first sub-time unit after every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, and the switching time period is used for the common channel and / or common reference signal for analog beam switching, N is a natural number.
  • the common channel and/or the common reference signal are transmitted during the transmission time period.
  • the method for data transmission may include the following steps in addition to the manner described in the foregoing embodiments:
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is determined, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period, where the second time unit
  • the switching time period is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel, and M is a natural number;
  • the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is transmitted on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the method for data transmission may include the following steps in addition to the manner described in the foregoing embodiments:
  • B1. Determine configuration information of a second time unit in a wireless time window, where the second time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and a last one of the second time units reserves a switching time period and a transmission time period, The switching time period in the second time unit is used for switching the analog beam on the traffic channel;
  • the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit except the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit Transmitted over time.
  • the method for data transmission may include the following steps in addition to the manner described in the foregoing embodiments:
  • C1 configuring, for the user equipment, the pilot signal on each sub-time unit in the first time unit
  • CSI channel state information
  • the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, and the switching time period is reserved in the first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units in the first time unit.
  • a transmission time period the switching time period is used for common channel and/or common reference signal to perform analog beam switching, and then transmitting the common channel and/or in the first sub-time unit of the first time unit according to the configuration information of the first time unit.
  • the common reference signal, the common channel and/or the common reference signal are transmitted during the transmission time period within the first sub-time unit.
  • the antenna element may be used in the switching time period.
  • the virtual weighting performs analog beam switching, and the common channel and/or the common reference channel are not transmitted during the switching period, but are transmitted during the transmission period in the first sub-time unit. Since the first sub-time unit to which the preset switching period belongs is selected every at least N sub-time units in the first time unit, it is not necessary to set the switching for each sub-time unit of each time unit in the wireless time window. Time period, thus avoiding waste of resources.
  • the foregoing embodiment describes a data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • another method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 14 , the method may include the following steps:
  • the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is transmitted on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is the last M sub-time units in the second time unit in the wireless time window, and the time length of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • a predefined switching time configuration index For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, and the time ratio number is occupied by the traffic channel transmission determined according to the ratio period.
  • the configuration of the second time unit For example, the foregoing description of Table 1 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the second time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the downlink control signaling carries the configuration information of the second time unit for dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the second time unit).
  • the base station may adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer period configuration.
  • the second time unit may be semi-statically notified through RRC signaling or other high layer signaling.
  • the configuration information is as follows: the type of the time unit is notified by the 1 bit high layer signaling as the second time unit, or the second time unit set is configured by the high layer signaling, and the configuration may be in the form of a bitmap.
  • the method for data transmission may include the following steps in addition to the manner described in the foregoing embodiments:
  • D1. Determine configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first time unit reserves the switching in the first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units
  • the time period and the transmission time period, the switching time period is used for common channel and/or common reference signal for analog beam switching, and N is a natural number;
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the second time unit to form a switching time period, which is used for the traffic channel.
  • the last M sub-time units are used for analog beam switching, so the analog beam can be switched according to the virtual weight of the antenna frame during the switching period, since the preset switching time period is the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the composition is such that it is not necessary to set the switching time period in each sub-time unit of the second time unit in the wireless time window, so that waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the foregoing embodiment describes a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • another method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention is introduced, and the data transmission method and the data shown in FIG. 3-a are introduced.
  • the transmission method is different.
  • the main steps may include the following steps:
  • the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit according to the configuration information of the second time unit, wherein the traffic channel is transmitted in the second time unit except the last sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit Transmitted over time.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is located in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit in the wireless time window, and the time length of the switching time period is configured according to a predefined switching time.
  • the index is determined. For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit includes: a time ratio number of the second time unit, where the time ratio number is a second time unit occupied by the traffic channel transmission determined according to the ratio period Configuration.
  • the foregoing description of Table 1 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the second time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the downlink control signaling carries the configuration information of the second time unit for dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the second time unit).
  • the base station may adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer period configuration.
  • the second time unit may be semi-statically notified through RRC signaling or other high layer signaling.
  • Configuration information such as by the 1 bit high-level signaling, notifying that the type of the time unit is a second time unit, or by higher layer signaling
  • a second set of time units is configured, which may be in the form of a bitmap.
  • the method for data transmission may include the following steps in addition to the manner described in the foregoing embodiments:
  • D1. Determine configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window, where the first time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the first time unit reserves the switching in the first sub-time unit after at least N sub-time units
  • the time period and the transmission time period, the switching time period in the first sub-time unit is used for switching the analog beam by the common channel and/or the common reference signal, and N is a natural number;
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, and the switching time period and the transmission time period are reserved in the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, and the switching time period is used.
  • the second time unit in the wireless time window reserves the switching time period of the last sub-time unit for analog beam switching, so the analog beam can be switched according to the virtual weight of the antenna frame in the switching time period, due to the preset
  • the switching time period is composed of the switching time period of the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, so there is no need to set the switching time period in each sub-time unit of the second time unit in the wireless time window, thereby avoiding waste of resources. .
  • the foregoing embodiment describes a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • another method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 16, the method may include the following steps:
  • the third time unit includes a plurality of sub-time units, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period is used for common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel for analog beam switching, M For natural numbers.
  • the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is transmitted on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • a wireless time window refers to wireless Time domain resources used for signal transmission.
  • a wireless time window may refer to a generalized wireless transmission time unit, or may be a specific transmission time unit, such as a super frame, or current.
  • a radio frame, or subframe, time slot, etc. in LTE. All time units in each wireless time window are divided into three categories.
  • each wireless time window further includes a type of time unit, which is defined as
  • the three-time unit reserves M sub-time units in the third time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period is used as a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel for analog beam switching, where the analog beam switching may refer to Analog beam switching as described in the previous embodiments. That is to say, the switching time period reserved in the third time unit can be used as the switching of the analog beam.
  • the wireless time window is specifically a radio frame
  • the first time unit is specifically a first subframe
  • the sub-time unit is specifically a symbol in a subframe
  • the third time unit is specifically a third subframe
  • the first subframe the first The difference between the two subframes is that the third subframe is a subframe for transmitting a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel, and in the third subframe, it is not necessary to reserve a time period in each symbol for the analog beam.
  • the last M symbols can be reserved in each third subframe for analog beam switching. For example, when M is 2, only the last 2 symbols are reserved in each third subframe. The switching of the analog beams is performed, while the common channel or common reference signal or traffic channel is transmitted in symbols other than the last two symbols of the third subframe.
  • step 1602 the last M sub-time units in the third time unit are used as the switching period of the analog beam, then the common channel or common is transmitted on the other sub-time units except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • Reference signal or traffic channel is transmitted on the other sub-time units except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • the switching time period of the analog beam switching is the last M sub-time units in the third time unit in the wireless time window, and the time length of the switching time period is determined according to a predefined switching time configuration index.
  • a predefined switching time configuration index For example, the foregoing description of Table 2 can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit includes: a time ratio number of the third time unit, and the time ratio number is the common channel or the public determined according to the ratio period.
  • the configuration of the third time unit occupied by the reference signal or traffic channel transmission can be combined.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit is dynamically notified to the user equipment by using downlink control signaling, or is notified to the user equipment by high layer signaling. That is, in order to notify the user equipment of the sub-time unit configuration for the transmission of the traffic channel in the third time unit, the base station may adopt a dynamic notification manner of the downlink control signaling, or may use a semi-static notification of the high-level signaling.
  • the downlink control signaling dynamically carries and notifies, that is, the configuration information of the third time unit is carried in the downlink control signaling to perform dynamic notification, and the notification may also be a 1-bit indication signaling (indicating the type of the current time unit) Whether it is the third time unit).
  • the base station can adopt a high-level signaling semi-static configuration manner, and the relatively dynamic fast configuration is a longer-cycle configuration.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window is first determined, and the last M sub-time units are reserved in the third time unit to form a switching time period, and the switching time period is used for the common channel or
  • the common reference signal or the traffic channel performs analog beam switching, and then transmits a common channel or a common reference signal or a traffic channel on a sub-time unit other than the last M sub-time units of the third time unit according to the configuration information of the third time unit, Since the last M sub-time units are reserved for the analog beam switching in the third time unit in the wireless time window, the analog beam switching can be performed according to the virtual weighting of the antenna elements in the switching time period, due to the preset switching time.
  • the segment is composed of the last M sub-time units in the third time unit, so there is no need to set the switching time period for each sub-time unit of the third time unit in the wireless time window, so that waste of resources can be avoided.
  • the foregoing embodiment introduces a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present invention from the implementation side of the base station.
  • another method for data transmission provided by the embodiment of the present invention is introduced from the implementation side of the user equipment, as shown in FIG.
  • the indication may mainly include the following steps:
  • the step 1701 acquires configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window, including:
  • the apparatus for data transmission in the foregoing embodiment corresponding to FIG. 1-a and FIG. 1-b performs the foregoing method to determine configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window, the data transmission
  • the device is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the first time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the configuration information refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment, where the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information. Therefore, it is determined that there is data transmission in the transmission time period in the first sub-time unit, so the user equipment needs to receive the common channel and/or the common reference signal on the transmission time period, and the user equipment analyzes the configuration of the first time unit.
  • the information avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching, so that the common channel and/or the common reference signal are correctly received.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • the step 1801 acquires configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, including:
  • the apparatus for data transmission in the foregoing method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3-a and FIG. 3-b performs the foregoing method to determine configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, the data transmission
  • the device is located on the base station side, and sends the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information. , thereby determining that there is data transmission on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the second sub-time unit, so the user equipment needs to be able to divide the child other than the last M sub-time units in the second time unit.
  • the service channel is received on the time unit, and the user equipment avoids the analog beam switching by analyzing the configuration information of the second time unit. Change the time period so that the traffic channel is correctly received.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • the step 1901 is performed to obtain configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, including:
  • the apparatus for data transmission in the foregoing method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 performs the foregoing method, and determines configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window, where the data transmission device is implemented on the base station side.
  • the configuration information of the second time unit in the wireless time window is sent to the user equipment, and the specific implementation and function of the configuration information can be referred to the description of the foregoing embodiment, and the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information, thereby determining that the The data transmission is performed on the transmission time period except the switching time period in the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, so the user equipment needs to Receiving a traffic channel on a transmission time period other than the switching time period in the sub-time unit and the last sub-time unit except the last sub-time unit in the second time unit, the user The device avoids the switching time period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the second time unit, so as to correctly connect A traffic channel.
  • the embodiments corresponding to the steps 1701 and 1702, the embodiments corresponding to the steps 1801 and 1802, the steps corresponding to the steps 1901 and 1902 may be implemented separately, and may also be implemented.
  • the embodiments are implemented in combination with each other, for example, the corresponding steps of steps 1701 and 1702, and the corresponding embodiments of steps 1801 and 1802 are combined to implement the reception of the common channel and/or the common reference signal and the traffic channel.
  • Steps 1701 and 1702 correspond to the embodiment, step 1901.
  • Embodiments corresponding to step 1902 combine to enable reception of common channels and/or common reference signals, traffic channels, It will not be explained one by one here.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • step 2001 acquires configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window, including:
  • the apparatus for data transmission performs the foregoing method to determine configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window, and the device for transmitting the data is located at the base station side.
  • the configuration information of the third time unit in the wireless time window is sent to the user equipment, and the specific implementation manner and function of the configuration information can be referred to the description of the foregoing embodiment, and the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information, thereby determining There is data transmission on the sub-time unit except the last M sub-time units in the third time unit, so the user equipment needs to be able to divide the child other than the last M sub-time units in the third time unit.
  • the common channel or the common reference signal or the traffic channel is received on the time unit, and the user equipment avoids the switching period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the third time unit, so as to correctly receive the common channel or the common reference signal or the traffic channel.
  • the apparatus for data transmission determines configuration information of a first time unit in a wireless time window, where the apparatus for transmitting data is implemented on a base station side, and sends a first time unit in a wireless time window to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment parses the configuration content of the configuration information, so as to determine that there is data transmission during the transmission time period in the first sub-time unit.
  • the user equipment needs to receive the common channel and/or the common reference signal on the transmission time period, and the user equipment avoids the switching time period of the analog beam switching by parsing the configuration information of the first time unit, so as to correctly receive the common channel and / or public reference signal.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, wherein the The units described for the separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as the units may or may not be physical units, ie may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection between them, and specifically, one or more communication buses or signal lines can be realized. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
  • the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware, and of course, dedicated hardware, dedicated CPU, dedicated memory, dedicated memory, Special components and so on.
  • functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with the corresponding hardware, and the specific hardware structure used to implement the same function can be various, such as analog circuits, digital circuits, or dedicated circuits. Circuits, etc.
  • software program implementation is a better implementation in more cases.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, can be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk of a computer.
  • U disk mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to make a computer device (may be A personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) performs the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • a computer device may be A personal computer, server, or network device, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统。其中一种数据传输的方法，可包括：确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。

Description

一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统。
背景技术
频谱是无线通信中非常昂贵的资源。对于现代通信系统，例如全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile Communication，GSM)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统以及长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统，通常都工作在3吉赫(GHz)以下的载频上。随着智能终端特别是视频业务的出现，当前的频谱资源已经难以满足用户对容量需求的爆炸式增长。具有更大的可用带宽的高频频段(特别是毫米波频段)日益成为下一代通信系统的候选频段。例如在3GHz-200GHz的范围内，潜在的可用带宽约为250GHz。
现代通信系统通常使用多天线技术来提高系统的容量和覆盖或者改善用户的体验，使用高频频段带来的另一个好处就是可以大大减小多天线配置的尺寸，从而便于站址获取和更多天线的部署。然而，与现有LTE系统的工作频段不同的是，高频频段将导致更大的路径损耗，特别是大气、植被等因素的影响更进一步加剧了无线传播的损耗。此时，现有LTE系统中同步信道、控制信道以及广播消息等发送的可靠性将受到影响。为解决上述高频载波特别是毫米波场景条件下的覆盖问题，一种实现方法是将模拟域的多个天线阵子虚拟加权为一个天线端口后进行数据发射，因此每个端口的发射数据均可取得波束赋形(Beam Forming，BF)的阵列增益从而克服高频下的路径损耗。但同时阵列形成的发射信号的波束较窄，因此只能覆盖小区内的一部分用户，进一步通过时分的方式进行模拟域的BF和相应的数据发射来保证整个小区所有用户的覆盖。
在上述的模拟域的BF中,一个射频(Radio Frequency，RF)链对应一组多个天线阵子的虚拟加权(即一个模拟波束)，不同的虚拟加权对应不同的RF链，当不同发射时刻采用不同的虚拟加权时即需要从一个模拟波束切换到另一 个模拟波束。从而在系统帧结构设计中需要考虑上述模拟波束的切换时间段。现有技术中在正交频分多址复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)中存在一种设置模拟波束切换时间段的方式，在每个待发送的调制符号上用一段空循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix，CP)代替正常CP，将此空CP的时间段作为切换时间段，然后在此空CP的时间段内基站完成从一个模拟波束到另一个模拟波束的切换，所以不需要再预留额外的保护时间。但是，现有技术中对于无线帧中的每个调制符号都会设置切换时间段，况且对于待发送的调制符号上承载的数据而言，并不需要如此频繁的进行模拟波束的切换，设置过多的切换时间段这会极大的浪费资源。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统，能够减少无线时间窗中设置的模拟波束的切换时间段，避免资源的浪费。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的装置，包括：
时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
数据传输模块，用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中，所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，
所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，
所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传 输时间段上传输。
结合第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，
所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内所述传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能或第七种可能或第八种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述数据传输的装置，还包括：配置模块，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能或第七种可能或第八种可能或第九种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
第二方面，本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
数据传输模块，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，
所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输的装置还包括：
配置模块，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能的实现方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的装置，包括：
时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
数据传输模块，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号 是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，
所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的装置，包括：
时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
数据传输模块，用于根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第四方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种用户设备，包括：
配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
接收模块，用于在所述传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
所述接收模块，还用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，
所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
所述接收模块，还用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
第六方面，本发明实施例提供一种用户设备，包括：
配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
接收模块，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述接收模块，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述配置获取模块，还用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
第七方面，本发明实施例提供一种用户设备，包括：
配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
接收模块，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段， 所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述接收模块，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
第八方面，本发明实施例提供一种用户设备，包括：
配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
接收模块，用于在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
第九方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的系统，包括：
如第一方面中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如第五方面中任一项所述的用户设备；或，
如第二方面中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如第六方面中任一项所述的用户设备；或，
如第三方面中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如第七方面中任一项所述的用户设备；
如第四方面中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如第八方面中任一项所述的用户设备。
第十方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一 子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
结合第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述切换时间段是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第七种可能的 实现方式中，所述方法，还包括：
确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述方法，还包括：
确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
结合第十方面的第八种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内所述传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能或第七种可能或第八种可能或第九种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
结合第十方面的第十种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，在所述每个子时间单元上测量的导频资源分别对应一个预编码信息。
结合第十方面或第十方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能或第六种可能或第七种可能或第八种可能或第九种可能或第十种可能或第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
第十一方面，本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第十一方面，在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第十一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式，在第十一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述方法，还包括：
确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单 元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
结合第十一方面的第四种可能的实现方式，在第十一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能或第五种可能的实现方式，在第十一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
第十二方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第十二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式，在第十二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述方法，还包括：
确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的 第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第四种可能的实现方式，在第十二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
第十三方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
结合第十三方面或第十三方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第十三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
第十四方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包 括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
在所述传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
结合第十四方面，在第十四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
结合第十四方面或第十四方面的第一种可能或第二种可能的实现方式，在第十四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；
所述获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
第十五方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包 括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
结合第十五方面，在第十五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第十五方面或第十五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；
所述获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
第十六方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
结合第十六方面，在第十六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
结合第十六方面或第十六方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第十六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；
所述获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
第十七方面，本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的方法，包括：
获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
结合第十七方面，在第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
从以上技术方案可以看出，本发明实施例具有以下优点：
本发明一种实施例中，首先确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于 公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，则公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。由于在无线时间窗中第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留了可进行模拟波束切换的切换时间段，故可以在该切换时间段内调整天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，公共信道和/或公共参考信道不在切换时间段内传输，而是在第一子时间单元中的传输时间段传输。由于预设切换时间段所属的第一子时间单元是第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的子时间单元，所以不需要在无线时间窗中每个时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
附图说明
图1-a为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图1-b为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图2-a为本发明实施例中第一子帧的一种帧结构示意图；
图2-b为本发明实施例中第一子帧的另一种帧结构示意图；
图2-c为本发明实施例中第一子帧传输PBCH的帧结构示意图；
图2-d为本发明实施例中第一子帧传输PSS/SSS的帧结构示意图；
图2-e为本发明实施例提供的无线帧的一种帧结构示意图；
图2-f为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的一种帧结构示意图；
图2-g为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的另一种帧结构示意图；
图2-h为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的另一种帧结构示意图；
图3-a为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图3-b为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图4为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图5为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备的组成结构示意图；
图7为本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备的组成结构示意图；
图8为本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备的组成结构示意图；
图9为本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备的组成结构示意图；
图10为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置的组成结构示意图；
图11为本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备的组成结构示意图；
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的系统的组成结构示意图；
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图14为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图15为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图16为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图17为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图18为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图19为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图；
图20为本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法的流程方框示意图。
具体实施方式
本发明实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统，能够减少无线时间窗中设置的模拟波束的切换时间段，避免资源的浪费。
为使得本发明的发明目的、特征、优点能够更加的明显和易懂，下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，下面所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例，而非全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域的技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，这仅仅是描述本发明的实施例中对相同属性的对象在描述时所采用的区分方式。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，以便包含一系列单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于那些单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它单元。
以下分别进行详细说明。
请参阅图1-a所示，本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置100，可以包括：时间单元确定模块101、数据传输模块102，其中，
时间单元确定模块101，用于确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
数据传输模块102，用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
进一步的，所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
在本发明实施例中，使用高频频段传输数据存在较大的无线传播损耗，通过将模拟域的多个天线阵子虚拟加权为一个天线端口后进行数据发射，每个端口的发射数据均可取得波束赋形的阵列增益从而克服高频下较大的路径损耗。但同时阵列形成的发射信号的波束较窄，需要通过时分的方式进行模拟域的波束赋形和相应的数据发射来保证整个小区所有用户的覆盖。
在模拟域的波束赋形中,一个射频(Radio Frequency，RF)链对应一组多个天线阵子的虚拟加权(即对应一个模拟波束)，不同的虚拟加权对应不同的模拟波束，当不同发射时刻采用不同的虚拟加权时即需要从一个模拟波束切换 到另一个模拟波束，所以在系统帧结构设计中需要考虑怎样设置上述模拟波束的切换时间段。
现有技术中在OFDM中存在设置模拟波束切换时间段的方式，会在每个待发送的调制符号上用一段空循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix，CP)代替正常CP，将此空CP的时间段作为切换时间段，然后在此空CP的时间段内基站完成从一个模拟波束到另一个模拟波束的切换，所以不需要再预留额外的保护时间。但是，现有技术中对于无线帧中的每个调制符号中都需要设置切换时间段，况且对于待发送的调制符号上承载的数据而言，并不需要如此频繁的进行模拟波束的切换，设置过多的切换时间段会极大的浪费资源。
为了解决上述现有技术存在的问题，本发明实施例中时间单元确定模块101对传输的数据进行分类，并针对不同类别的数据采用与数据自身传输相适配的切换时间段设置方式，其中，无线时间窗指的是无线信号传输使用的时域资源，例如结合具体的应用场景，一个无线时间窗可以指的是一个广义的无线传输时间单位，也可以指的是一个具体的传输时间单位，如一个超帧，无线帧，或子帧，时隙等。在无线时间窗中传输的数据可以分为两类：一类是公共信道和/或公共参考信号，另一类是业务信道。据于划分的两类数据，将用于传输上述数据的每个无线时间窗中的所有时间单元划分为两类，一类定义为第一时间单元，另一类定义为第二时间单元，例如，无线时间窗为一个无线帧，则第一时间单元可以表示无线帧中的第一子帧，第二时间单元可以表示无线帧中的第二子帧。或所述无线时间窗为一个超帧，则第一时间单元表示无线超帧中的第一无线帧，第二时间单元表示无线超帧中的第二无线帧。或所述无线时间窗为一个无线子帧，则第一时间单元表示无线子帧中的第一符号，第二时间单元表示无线子帧中的第二符号。其中，公共信道和/或公共参考信号在无线时间窗中的第一时间单元进行传输，业务信道在无线时间窗中的第二时间单元进行传输，也就是说，第一时间单元为公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输的时间单元，第二时间单元为业务信道传输的时间单元。在一个无线时间窗中可以有一个第一时间单元，也可以有多个第一时间单元，同样的，在一个无线时间窗中可以有一个第二时间单元，也可以有多个第二时间单元。另外，本发明实施例中公共信道和/或公共参考信号可以包括同步信号、控制信道以及广播信道等，例如物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel，PBCH)、物理混合重传请求 指示信道(Physical Hybrid Auto Repeat Request Indicator Channel，PHICH)、物理控制格式指示信道(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel，PCFICH)、主同步信号/辅同步信号(Primary Syncronization Signal/Secondary Syncronization Signal，PSS/SSS)、物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel、PDCCH)等。
由于高频下存在较大的路径损耗和大尺度衰落，业务信道的覆盖可通过发射端的很多个天线端口的波束赋形来克服，而公共信道和公共参考信号的传输，由于需保证整个小区的广覆盖通常不采用波束赋形技术，导致覆盖严重受限。为保证公共信道和或公共参考信号的小区级覆盖，通常可时分的进行多个模拟波束的发送。其中，每个模拟波束对应一套多个天线阵子上的虚拟加权。此外，在实际系统中，业务信道的数据传输的时间粒度通常大于公共信道和或公共参考信号的数据或信号传输的时间粒度，如LTE系统中，业务信道的数据传输的时间粒度是一个无线子帧，而公共信道和或公共参考信号的数据或信号传输的时间粒度是无线子帧中的一个或几个符号。因此业务信道的数据传输所基于的模拟波束的变换或切换的时间粒度和公共信道和或公共参考信号的数据或信号传输所对应的模拟波束的变换或切换的时间粒度设置不同。如业务信道的数据传输的模拟波束切换是子帧量级的，即业务信道传输所基于的模拟波束切换的最小时间粒度为子帧。而公共信道和或公共参考信号的数据或信号传输的模拟波束切换是符号量级的，即公共信道和或公共参考信号传输的模拟波束切换的最小时间粒度为符号。
具体的，对于公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输的第一时间单元而言，从第一时间单元中每隔N个子时间单元确定出一个第一子时间单元，例如N的取值为2时，那就是在第一时间单元中每隔2个子时间单元就会存在一个第一子时间单元。在第一子时间单元内预留出切换时间段和传输时间段，则第一子时间单元内的时间资源被分为两个时间段，两个时间段分别有各自的用途，明确的是，将切换时间段预留给模拟波束的切换使用。
进一步的，还可以首先确定公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一时间单元中每次传输占用的第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数，例如，公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子帧中每次传输占用的第一子帧中的符号数。将该子时间单元个数用N来表示，N的取值为大于或等于1的自然数，根据公共信道和/ 或公共参考信号占用的子时间单元个数N从无线时间窗的第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内确定出一个时间段，被确定出的时间段为切换时间段，由于确定出的时间段(即切换时间段)预留给模拟波束的切换使用，也就是说，本发明实施例中可以根据第一时间单元中传输的公共信道和/或公共参考信号占用的子时间单元个数来确定在第一子时间单元，从而确定所述第一子时间单元中预留的切换时间段，其中，对于公共信道和/或公共参考信号的具体实现，子时间单元个数N的取值也有相应的具体值，后续过程进行举例说明。需要说明的是，本发明实施例中，模拟波束的切换时间段可以是零点几个微秒或几微秒或几十微秒，因此不局限于一个第一子时间单元内，可选地，所述切换时间段可以是一个第一子时间单元内的一个时间段，也可以是一个或几个第一子时间单元。
在本发明实施例中，在无线时间窗的第一时间单元中的第一子时间单元的切换时间段进行所述公共信道和或公共参考信号对应的模拟波束的切换，具体的，在所述切换时间段内，公共信道和/或公共参考信号可以调整或切换多个天线阵子的虚拟加权。上述传输时间段指的是第一子时间单元内的传输时间段，例如在第一子时间单元内切换时间段之外的传输时间段内传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在第一子时间单元内除切换时间段之外还存在传输时间段，则第一子时间单元由切换时间段和传输时间段组成，或者在第一子时间单元内除切换时间段之外还存在传输时间段和循环前缀时间段，则第一子时间单元由切换时间段，传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。对于第一子时间单元由切换时间段和传输时间段组成的情况下，第一子时间单元内的切换时间段可选地可通过替换传输时间段内传输的公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix，CP)得到。也就是说，在第一子时间单元内原来用作CP的时间段被预留作为切换时间段。对于第一子时间单元由切换时间段、传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成的情况下，循环前缀时间段用于传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP，也就是说，在第一子时间单元内，除了包括切换时间段和传输时间段外，还包括循环前缀时间段，并且循环前缀时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP，所以CP占用的时间段并没有被预留作为切换时间段。接下来以无线时间窗具体为无线帧的情况下进行举例说明，第一时间 单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，则第一子时间单元具体为第一子帧中的第一符号。在这种情况下，在第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内保留正常CP，且在第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内CP时间段外的时间段预留出切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换；或，将第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内的正常CP替换为切换时间段，此时切换时间段用作模拟波束的切换。
在上述一种举例说明中，确定在第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内预留切换时间段时，预留的切换时间段可以不占用正常CP，而是占用第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内CP时间段外的时间段，如第一符号的尾部，这样可以保留无线子帧中的原有正常CP，在上述另一种举例说明中，确定在第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的第一符号内预留切换时间段时，预留的切换时间段可以占用正常CP，从而正常CP被替换为模拟波束的切换时间段，在OFDM系统中各个子载波的正交性是通过正常CP来实现的，按照上述步骤的做法，正常CP被切换时间段代替，那么各个子载波间的正交性被破坏，因此相比于仍预留循环前缀时间段使用正常CP的OFDM系统的帧结构设计，使用切换时间段替代正常CP的OFDM系统的帧结构设计所对应的传输性能将大大下降。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，在第一子帧中预留切换时间段的符号数可以是一个或者多个，例如在无线帧的第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的每个符号内都预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换。公共信道和/公共参考信号的传输基于第一子帧进行，所述第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的每个符号中预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换。公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子帧传输能保证公共信道和/或公共参考信号可基于每符号的粒度进行模拟波束的灵活切换。此外，第一子帧的每个符号的设计可以是保留正常CP，如基于当前LTE系统中的OFDM符号的一种结构，即保留当前OFDM符号中的正常CP而在正常CP外的时间段如每符号的尾部预留出切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，请参阅如图2-a所示，为本发明实施例中第一子帧的一种帧结构示意图，其中，第一子帧包括两个时隙(slot)，以其中一个时隙的帧结构为例进行图示说明，1个时隙包括6个符号，每个符号用NCP-OFDM表示，在每个符号中保留正常CP，且在每个符号的尾部预留出模拟波束的切换时间段，图中 用黑色方块表示正常CP，用灰色方块表示公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用白色方块表示模拟波束的切换时间段。由于第一子帧中的第一符号预留了模拟波束的切换时间段，因此在第一子帧中可实现符号级粒度的模拟波束切换。
在本发明的一些实施例中，在无线帧的第一子帧中每隔至少N个符号后的每个符号也可以是不保留正常CP的一种结构，即每个符号用切换时间段替代正常CP的时间段用于模拟波束的切换，然后用切换时间段完成模拟波束间的切换，请参阅如图2-b所示，为本发明实施例中第一子帧的另一种帧结构示意图，其中，第一子帧包括两个时隙，以其中一个时隙的帧结构为例进行图示说明，1个时隙包括6个符号，每个符号用NCP-OFDM表示，在每个符号中不保留正常CP，将原来的正常CP替换为切换时间段，图中用灰色方块表示公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用白色方块表示模拟波束的切换时间段。由于第一子帧中的第一符号预留了模拟波束的切换时间段，因此在第一子帧中可实现符号级粒度的模拟波束切换。
进一步的，对于公共信道和/或公共参考信号具体表示信道的不同进行举例说明。如当前长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统中的PBCH在连续多个帧中的每个帧的第一个子帧的第二个时隙的前4个符号内进行传输，因此对于PBCH来说，模拟波束的切换可以是每隔4个符号的切换，即所述PBCH的模拟波束切换的间隔可以至少是4个符号。请参阅如图2-c所示，为本发明实施例中第一子帧传输PBCH的帧结构示意图，其中，一个PBCH传输持续时间为40毫秒(ms)，一个无线帧为10ms，每个第一子帧包括2个时隙，每个时隙包括7个符号，PBCH在第一子帧的第二个时隙的前4个符号内传输。也就是说，当公共信道和/或公共参考信号具体为广播信道时，符号数N的取值为4，所以可以在第一子帧中每隔至少4个符号后的符号内预留时间段用于模拟波束的切换。
可以理解的是，本发明实施例中并不排除高频下广播信道的传输时序是不同于当前LTE的另一种设计，此时本发明实施例中模拟波束的切换仍然是适用的，并随着广播信道在传输子帧内占据的符号数自适应变化，也就是说，实际的切换跟着广播信道占据的符号数而变化。
请参阅如图2-d所示，为本发明实施例中第一子帧传输PSS/SSS的帧结构示意图，对于PSS/SSS来说，当前LTE FDD帧结构下，PSS/SSS分别在PSS/SSS 所在传输子帧的第一个时隙的最后两个符号上进行传输，即PSS和SSS分别占用一个符号，因此对于PSS/SSS来说模拟波束的切换可以是每隔2个符号的切换，即以两个符号的时间粒度进行模拟波束的切换，如在每两个符号的最后部分进行PSS/SSS所在传输子帧的模拟波束的切换。
对于PDCCH来说，当前LTE系统下，可配置的符号数可以是1,2,3,4等中的任意一个。因此其所对应的模拟波束的切换时间段可以根据配置的PDCCH符号数为间隔进行，即至少隔N个符号后再进行PDCCH的模拟波束切换。
可以理解的是，在本发明的上述实施例中，不排除高频下上述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的传输时序是不同于当前LTE系统的一种新设计，如所述系统帧结构是不同于当前LTE系统的一种结构，每个子帧内所述公共信道和或公共参考信号的符号数及上述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的位置也不同，但基本原理是类似的，即所述模拟波束的切换可以以所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号单次传输所占用的符号数有关，由于模拟波束的切换能支持到时域的最小粒度(即符号)，因此其可灵活支持各种时域粒度的模拟波束切换，如可以是每隔至少一个符号，或者每隔至少一个时隙，或者每隔至少一个子帧，或者每隔至少一个无线帧等，具体取决于公共信道和/或公共参考信号的传输时序以及占用的符号数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第一时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，可选的，所述通知同样可以是bitmap的指示信令。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是长周期的配置，可选地，可通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)信令或其他高层信令来半静态通知所述第一时间单元的配置信息，如由1bit高层信令来通知所述时间单元的类型是否为第一时间单元，或由高层信令配置一个第一时间单元集，所述配置可以为位图(bitmap)的形式。以无线时间窗具体为无线帧，时间单元具体为子帧为例，一个无线帧内的10个子帧的bitmap表示可以为：0011011001，代表了第三，四，六，七，十个子帧是第一子帧， 而其他子帧是第二子帧，这里假定0代表了第二子帧，1代表了第一子帧。当然也可以反过来表示。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，在向用户设备通知公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用第一时间单元的配置信息中，可以包括：第一时间单元的时间配比编号，其中，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的一种配置。即在第一时间单元的配置信息中携带第一时间单元的时间配比编号，用户设备通过解析第一时间单元的配置信息确定第一时间单元的时间配比编号，通过具体的时间配比编号得到第一时间单元的具体配置情况。
举例说明如下，以无线时间窗具体为无线帧的情况下进行举例说明，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，则第一子时间单元具体为第一子帧中的第一符号。将预留了切换时间段的第一子帧定义为切换子帧，公共信道和/或公共参考信号的模拟波束切换只能在所述切换子帧内进行，如图2-e所示，为本发明实施例提供的无线帧的一种帧结构示意图，每个子帧(subframe，sf)为1ms，一个无线帧共包括有10个sf，其中只有一些子帧为切换子帧(即第一子帧)，基站可以预定义周期性的时间配比，高层信令通知不同的配比周期对应的时间配比编号，根据此编号对应的配置进行模拟波束的切换。请参阅如下表1所示，为本发明实施例提供的时间配比的一种配置表：
表1
Figure PCTCN2015073388-appb-000001
具体的，上述表1中，表格中的每一行代表了一种子帧配比选项，表1中的S表示的是切换子帧，而N表示的是正常子帧，如第二行代表的是一种配比周期为5个子帧的切换配比选项，当假定一个帧包含的子帧数为10时， 此选项中的第0号子帧配置为切换子帧，第1,2,3,4号子帧配置为正常子帧，而第5号子帧配置为切换子帧，第6,7,8,9号子帧配置为正常子帧，因此其代表了一种配比周期为5的子帧配置。
在本发明的前述实施例中描述了第一子帧中预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，进一步的，本发明通过以下实施例说明切换时间段的设置方式，具体的，切换时间段是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。对于切换时间段如何设置的实现方式中，可以预先定义切换时间配置索引，以一种配置索引对应一种时间长度，那么当选择了某一个切换时间配置索引后，就相当于明确了采用哪种时间长度作为切换时间段，从而可以确定模拟波束的切换时间段的时间长度，例如，请参阅如下表2所示，为本发明实施例提供的切换时间配置索引的一种配置表：
表2
配置索引 切换时间
0 0
1 1/4
2 1/3
3 1/2
4 3/4
5 2
6 1
例如，为支持灵活的切换时间，进一步高层信令通知切换时间配置索引(Index)，根据此配置进行相应的切换时间段的时间长度设置。如当配置Index为0时代表没有设置切换时间，而配置Index为1时代表切换时间按照1/4个子时间单元的时间间隔进行设置。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，切换时间段的设置还可以有其他实现方式，比如可以是一种类似于现有标准中Extended CP的设计，以无线时间窗具体为无线帧的情况下进行举例说明，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，则第一子时间单元具体为第一子帧中的第一符号。将第一子帧中不包含模拟波束的切换时间段时承载的符号数定义为N1而包含模拟波 束的切换时间段的第一子帧内的符号数定义为N2，N1>N2，即可将(子帧长度/N2－子帧长度/N1)做为模拟波束的切换时间段的时间长度。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述时间单元确定模块101，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
所述数据传输模块102，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明的前述实施例中描述了无线时间窗中的第一时间单元中预留出切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，时间单元确定模块101可执行的步骤为：在该无线时间窗中除了包括第一时间单元之外，还包括第二时间单元，与第一时间单元不同的是，第二时间单元是用于传输业务信道的时间单元。可选地，第一时间单元中预留了用于模拟波束切换的切换时间段的第一子时间单元的时间长度大于或等于第一或第二时间单元中未预留切换时间段的子时间单元的时间长度。即，第一时间单元的第一子时间单元对应的子载波间隔小于或等于第一或第二时间单元中未预留切换时间段的子时间单元对应的子载波间隔。进一步的可进行如设置：第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。通过在无线时间窗中设置具体不同配置的时间单元，可以按照传输数据的不同来具体选用某种配置的时间单元。
例如，无线时间窗具体为无线帧，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，第二时间单元具体为第二子帧，第一子帧用于传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，与第一子帧不同的是，第二子帧是用于传输业务信道的子帧，在实际系统中，业务信道的传输和信道质量信息的测量是基于每子帧的，因此其每次数据传输所采用的模拟波束的切换和变化通常是基于每子帧的，所以在第二子帧中也就不需要在每个符号中都预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，而是可以在每个第二子帧内预留最后M个符号作为模拟波束切换的切换时间段，例如M为2时，只在每个第二子帧内预留最后2个符号用于模拟波束的切换，而在第二子帧除最后2个符号以外的其它符号内传输业 务信道，可选地第二子帧的每个符号都保留正常CP。数据传输模块102执行的步骤为：第二时间单元中最后M个子时间单元被用作模拟波束切换的切换时间段，业务信道在第二时间单元中除最后M个子时间单元以外的其它子时间单元传输。例如，在第二时间单元中共有10个子时间单元，若M的取值为3，则第二时间单元中，第8，9，10三个子时间单元用作模拟波束切换的的切换时间段，第1，2，3，4，5，6，7共7个子时间单元可用于传输业务信道。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述时间单元确定模块101，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
所述数据传输模块102，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
进一步的，所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
在本发明的前述实施例中描述了无线时间窗中的第一时间单元中预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，时间单元确定模块101可执行的步骤为：在该无线时间窗中除了包括第一时间单元之外，还包括第二时间单元，与第一时间单元不同的是，第二时间单元是用于传输业务信道的时间单元，例如，无线时间窗具体为无线帧，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，第二时间单元具体为第二子帧，第一子帧用于传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，与第一子帧不同的是，第二子帧是用于传输业务信道的子帧，在实际系统中，业务信道的传输和信道质量信息的测量是基于每子帧的，因此其每次数据传输所采用的模拟波束的切换和变化通常是基于每子帧的，所以在第二子帧中也就不需要在每个符号中都预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，而是可以在每个第二子帧中最后一个符号内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，该切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换。数据传输模块102可执行的步骤为：第二时间 单元中最后一个子时间单元中预留模拟波束切换的切换时间段，那么在第二时间单元中除最后一个子时间单元外的子时间单元仍是空闲的，业务信道可以在第二时间单元中除最后一个子时间单元以外的其它子时间单元来传输。另外在第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元内预留的传输时间段也可以用作业务信道的传输。
可选的，在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于业务信道传输的时间段长度。例如，在第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元内切换时间段用作模拟波束的切换，也就是说在第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内只能在除切换时间段以外的传输时间段传输业务信道，而在第二时间单元中除最后一个子时间单元以外的其他子时间单元内不需要预留用作模拟波束切换的切换时间段，此时最后一个子时间单元内用于业务信道传输的时间段长度小于第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于业务信道传输的时间段长度。
举例说明如下，以无线时间窗具体为无线帧的情况下进行举例说明，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，第二时间单元具体为第二子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，则第一子时间单元具体为第一子帧中的第一符号。具体的，模拟波束可以在第二子帧的最后M个符号内保留正常CP，且在第二子帧的最后M个符号的尾部预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换；或，将第二子帧的最后M个符号内的正常CP替换为模拟波束的切换时间段；或，在第二子帧的最后M个符号内不传输业务信道，且第二子帧的最后M个符号全部用于模拟波束的切换。也就是说，可以在第二子帧的最后M个符号内仍然保留有正常CP，模拟波束切换的切换时间段占用的是第二子帧的最后M个符号的尾部，这样可以保留无线帧中的原有的正常CP。或者，确定在第二子帧的最后M个符号内预留切换时间段时，预留的切换时间段占用了正常CP，从而正常CP可以替换为模拟波束切换的切换时间段，或者，在第二子帧的最后M个符号内不传输业务信道，业务信道只在第二子帧的除最后M个符号以外的其它符号内传输，那么最后M个符号全部用作模拟波束的切换时间段。
需要说明的是，在本发明的前述实施例中，由于最后一个符号的设计和前面符号不同(最后一个符号增加了模拟波束的切换时间段的预留)，因此第二 子帧中每子帧的最后一个符号的子载波间隔需变大以保证最后一个符号的长度和前面其他符号的长度相等，即最后一个符号的子载波间隔大于其他符号的子载波间隔。或在进行模拟波束切换的子帧，数据传输时打掉最后一个符号，即最后一个符号不用于业务信道传输，而是全部用于模拟波束的切换。
举例说明如下：业务信道的传输通常以一个子帧为最小时间粒度，且信道质量信息(如预编码信息，秩指示信息等)的测量和反馈也是基于一个子帧的，即子帧级的模拟波束的切换时间预留就足够了，所以业务信道的传输可基于第二子帧进行，第二子帧在每子帧的最后一个符号中预留一段空CP时间段用来做模拟波束切换的切换时间段。从而模拟波束的切换以一个子帧的粒度进行，同理，第二子帧内的最后一个符号可以是保留正常CP时间段的一种结构，如基于当前OFDM符号，即保留当前OFDM符号中的正常CP在每符号的最后预留一部分模拟波束的切换时间，而最后一个符号外的其他符号仍然保持正常的CP和有效数据部分的结构，请参阅如图2-f所示，为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的一种帧结构示意图。
又如，第二子帧的最后一个符号也可以是不保留正常CP时间段的结构，即最后一个符号用空CP时间段替代正常的CP时间段来完成模拟波束的切换，而最后一个符号外的其他符号仍然保持正常CP和有效数据部分的结构。请参阅如图2-g所示，为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的另一种帧结构示意图。
可选地，在无线帧的第二子帧的每个时隙中预留切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，即可以以时隙级或子帧级别来预留切换时间段，请参阅如图2-h所示，为本发明实施例提供的第二子帧的另一种帧结构示意图，1sf表示一个第二子帧，每个第二子帧包括2个时隙，白色方块表示业务信道，黑色方块表示模拟波束的切换时间段。不失一般性，也可以以无限帧或超帧为粒度来预留所述模拟波束切换的切换时间段，如以无线帧为粒度时，两次模拟波束切换的切换时间段的时间间隔大于或等于1个无线帧的长度。
在本发明的一些实施例中，请参阅如图1-b所示，所述数据传输的装置100还包括：配置模块103，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)测量的进程。
也就是说，本发明实施例可以包括为用户设备配置在第一时间单元内对导 频信号进行CSI测量的进程。例如，在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号的同时，为用户设备配置在第一时间单元内对导频信号进行CSI测量的进程。举例说明如下，以无线时间窗具体为无线帧的情况下进行举例说明，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，第二时间单元具体为第二子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，则第一子时间单元具体为第一子帧中的第一符号，进一步的，为了确定第一子帧和第二子帧之间包括的符号个数的数量关系，可以将第一子帧和第二子帧的时间长度对齐，即在第一子帧和第二子帧的时间长度保持一致的情况下，由于第一子帧中的符号长度大于或等于第二子帧中的符号长度，故确定第一子帧的符号数小于或等于第二子帧的符号数。
在前述实施例中，第一子帧中可以只用来传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，此时每子帧的每符号内的整个带宽上全部用来传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，所述公共信道和一些公共参考信号包括但不限于控制信道，同步信号，广播信道，控制格式指示信道，成功/失败(ACK/NAK)信息传输信道等。但是由于所述公共信道/信号的传输比特数相对较小，因此通常不需要在全带宽上进行传输。因此第一子帧中同时也可以允许业务信道的传输，具体为在每符号的公共信道传输的同时业务信道也可以进行相应的传输，由于公共信道和或公共参考信号的模拟波束切换是符号级的，因此不同符号上的模拟波束可能是不同的，此时可进行每符号的CSI测量和上报，即进行符号级的测量导频资源，例如信道状态信息-参考信号(Reference Signal，RS)资源的配置，和相应的符号级的CSI测量和上报，包括符号级的CSI process触发和上报等。基站在第一子帧内触发用户设备执行符号级的CSI测量和反馈，其中，基站同时需配置和通知每个用户设备在第一子帧内的哪些符号上进行同类CSI的测量和反馈(如有相同CSI-RS配置的符号属于同一类，即一套CSI-RS配置对应一类CSI测量和反馈，或对应相同模拟波束的CSI-RS资源配置及相应的CSI测量属于同类CSI)，而在其他子帧触发和配置子帧级的CSI测量和配置，其中，用户设备进行CSI的测量和反馈可参阅现有技术，此处不再赘述。基于第一子帧内各个符号上的不同类(或不同模拟波束)CSI的测量信息，基站选择一个最优CSI信息对应的模拟波束，在第二子帧上可根据第一子帧内的测量结果决定是否进行模拟波束的切换及切换后的最优模拟波束。
需要说明的是，现有技术中对无线帧上传输的数据不做区分，所以不管公 共信道和或公共参考信号和业务信道均在每个子帧的每个符号上预留一段空CP用作模拟波束的切换，而本发明实施例中，首先数据传输的装置在不同信道采用不同的子帧类型和切换时间预留的方法，具体为公共信道的每个传输子帧(即第一子帧)按照公共信道占用的符号数预留切换时间段，而业务信道的每个传输帧只在每个子帧(第二类子帧)的最后一个或几个符号预留转换时间段，另外，本发明实施例中，第一子帧或第二子帧中的每个符号进一步可以是基于OFDM基础上的一种新结构，既保留了每个符号中的正常CP，又预留了切换时间段，这些操作既能保留OFDM的正交性又将控制和业务分别处理，从而减小了开销。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用作公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，则公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。由于在无线时间窗中第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留了切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，公共信道和/或公共参考信号不在切换时间段内传输，而是在第一子时间单元中的传输时间段传输。由于预设切换时间段所属的第一子时间单元是第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的子时间单元，所以不需要在无线时间窗中每个时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置，请参阅图3-a所示，本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置300，可以包括：时间单元确定模块301、数据传输模块302，其中，
时间单元确定模块301，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模 拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
数据传输模块302，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述数据传输模块302，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述时间单元确定模块301，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述数据传输模块302，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，请参阅如图3-b所示，所述数据传输的装置300还包括：配置模块303，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
需要说明的是，对于时间单元确定模块301和数据传输模块302，与前述图1-a和图1-b中所示的实施例中描述的时间单元确定模块101和数据传输模块102相类似，可参阅前述实施例中的具体说明，此处不再赘述。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段是无线时间窗中的第二时间单元内最后M个子时间单元，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：第二时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的业务信道传输占用的第二时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第二时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第二时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第二时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置，可选地，可通过RRC信令或其他高层信令来半静态通知所述第二时间单元的配置信息，如由1bit高层信令来通知所述时间单元的类型为第二时间单元，或由高层信令配置一个第二时间单元集，所述配置可以为位图(bitmap)的形式。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，该切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元的除最后M个子时间单元以外的子时间单元上传输业务信道，由于在无线时间窗中第二时间单元预留了最后M个子时间单元用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段是第二时间单元中最后M个子时间单元来组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第二时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置，该数据传输的装置与如图3-a、图3-b中所示的数据传输的装置不同，具体的，请参阅如图4所示，数据传输的装置400，可以包括：时间单元确定模块401、数据传输模块402，其中，
时间单元确定模块401，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务 信道进行模拟波束的切换；
数据传输模块402，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述数据传输模块402，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段位于无线时间窗中的第二时间单元内的最后一个子时间单元中，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：第二时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的业务信道传输占用的第二时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第二时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第二时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第二时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置，可选地，可通过RRC信令或其他高层信令来半静态通知所述第二时间单元的配置信息，如由1bit高层信令来通知所述时间单元的类型为第二时间单元，或由高层信令配置一个第二时间单元集，所述配置可以为位图(bitmap)的形式。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述时间单元确定模块401，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子 时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述数据传输模块402，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用作进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和最后一个子时间单元内除切换时间段之外的传输时间段上传输，由于在无线时间窗中第二时间单元预留了最后一个子时间单元的切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段由第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元的切换时间段来组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第二时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置，请参阅如图5所示，本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置500，可以包括：时间单元确定模块501、数据传输模块502，其中，
时间单元确定模块501，用于确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
数据传输模块502，用于根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述数据传输模块502，还用于将所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
在本发明实施例中，时间单元确定模块501对需要在无线时间窗内传输的数据进行分类，并针对不同类别的数据采用与数据自身传输相适配的切换时间段设置方式，其中，无线时间窗指的是无线信号传输使用的时域资源，例如结合具体的应用场景，一个无线时间窗可以指的是一个广义的无线传输时间单位，也可以指的是一个具体的传输时间单位，如一个超帧，或当前LTE中的一个无线帧，或子帧，时隙等。每个无线时间窗中的所有时间单元划分为三类，除了前述实施例中描述的第一时间单元、第二时间单元之外，每个无线时间窗中还包括一类时间单元，定义为第三时间单元，在第三时间单元中预留出M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，切换时间段用作公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束切换，这里所述的模拟波束切换可以指前述实施例中描述的模拟波束切换。也就是说，第三时间单元中预留的切换时间段可以用作模拟波束的切换。
例如，无线时间窗具体为无线帧，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，第三时间单元具体为第三子帧，与第一子帧、第二子帧不同的是，第三子帧是用于传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道的子帧，在第三子帧中不需要在每个符号中都预留时间段用于模拟波束的切换，而是可以在每个第三子帧内预留最后M个符号用于模拟波束的切换，例如M为2时，只在每个第三子帧内预留最后2个符号用于模拟波束的切换，而在第三子帧除最后2个符号以外的其它符号内传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
在本发明实施例中，第三时间单元中最后M个子时间单元被用作模拟波束的切换时间段，那么在第三时间单元中除最后M个子时间单元以外的其它子时间单元上传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段是无线时间窗中的 第三时间单元内最后M个子时间单元，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：第三时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第三时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第三时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第三时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束切换的切换时间段，然后根据第三时间单元的配置信息在第三时间单元的除最后M个子时间单元以外的子时间单元上传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，由于在无线时间窗中第三时间单元预留了最后M个子时间单元用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段是第三时间单元中最后M个子时间单元来组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第三时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例从基站实现侧介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置，接下来介绍数据传输的装置相对应的用户设备，请参阅图6所示，本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备600，可以包括：配置获取模块601、接收模块602，其中，
配置获取模块601，用于获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N 个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
接收模块602，用于在所述第一子时间单元内的所述传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图1-a和图1-b对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块601确定出无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该传输时间段上接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用户设备通过解析第一时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块601，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
所述接收模块602，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图3-a、图3-b对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第二子时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该第二时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信 道。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块601，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
所述接收模块602，还用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图4对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信道。
在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块601，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
前述实施例介绍数据传输的装置相对应的一种用户设备，请参阅图7所示，本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备700，可以包括：配置获取模块701、接收模块702，其中，
配置获取模块701，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的 切换，所述M为自然数；
接收模块702，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块701，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述接收模块702，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块701，还用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图3-a、图3-b对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第二子时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该第二时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信道。
前述实施例介绍数据传输的装置相对应的一种用户设备，请参阅图8所示，本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备800，可以包括：配置获取模块801、接收模块802，其中，
配置获取模块801，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进 行模拟波束的切换；
接收模块802，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块801，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
所述接收模块802，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
在本发明的一些实施例中，所述配置获取模块801，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图4对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信道。
前述实施例介绍数据传输的装置相对应的一种用户设备，请参阅图9所示，本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备900，可以包括：配置获取模块901、接收模块902，其中，
配置获取模块901，用于获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个 子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
接收模块902，用于在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
具体的，所述配置获取模块901，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
对于用户设备而言，该用户设备执行的方法与前述图5对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法相对应，用户设备中的配置获取模块确定出无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收到公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，用户设备通过解析第三时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
需要说明的是，对于前述的各装置实施例，为了简单描述，故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合，但是本领域技术人员应该知悉，本发明并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制，因为依据本发明，某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次，本领域技术人员也应该知悉，说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例，所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质，其中，该计算机存储介质存储有程序，该程序执行包括上述方法实施例中记载的部分或全部步骤。
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置，请参阅图10所示，数据传输的装置1000包括：
输入装置1001、输出装置1002、处理器1003和存储器1004(其中数据传输的装置1000中的处理器1003的数量可以一个或多个，图10中以一个处理器为例)。在本发明的一些实施例中，输入装置1001、输出装置1002、处理器1003和存储器1004可通过总线或其它方式连接，其中，图10中以通过总线 连接为例。
其中，处理器1003，用于执行如下步骤：
确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述切换时间段是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1003还用于执行如下步骤：
确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1003还用于执行如下步骤：
确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内所述传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1003还用于执行如下步骤：
为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的在所述每个子时间单元上测量的导频资源分别对应一个预编码信息。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器1004中存储的所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的装置，数据传输的装置包括：
输入装置、输出装置、处理器和存储器(其中数据传输的装置中的处理器的数量可以一个或多个，具体的以一个处理器为例)。在本发明的一些实施例 中，输入装置、输出装置、处理器和存储器可通过总线或其它方式连接，其中，以通过总线连接为例，该数据传输的装置可以与图10中所述的数据传输的装置1000相类似。
其中，处理器，用于执行如下步骤：
确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器中存储的所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器中存储的所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
在本发明的一些实施例中，存储器中存储的所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，在第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，则公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。由于在无线时间窗中第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留了切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，公共信道和/或公共参考信道不在切换时间段内传输，而 是在第一子时间单元中的传输时间段传输。由于预设切换时间段所属的第一子时间单元是第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元来选择的，所以不需要在无线时间窗中每个时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备，请参阅图11所示，用户设备1100包括：
输入装置1101、输出装置1102、处理器1103和存储器1104(其中用户设备1100中的处理器1103的数量可以一个或多个，图11中以一个处理器为例)。在本发明的一些实施例中，输入装置1101、输出装置1102、处理器1103和存储器1104可通过总线或其它方式连接，其中，图11中以通过总线连接为例。
其中，处理器1103，用于执行如下步骤：
获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
在所述传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1103还用于执行如下步骤：
获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1103还用于执行如下步骤：
获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1103具体用于执行如下步骤：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备，用户设备包括：
输入装置、输出装置、处理器和存储器(其中用户设备中的处理器的数量可以一个或多个，具体的以一个处理器为例)。在本发明的一些实施例中，输入装置、输出装置、处理器和存储器可通过总线或其它方式连接，其中，以通过总线连接为例，该用户设备可以与图11中所述的用户设备1100相类似。
其中，处理器，用于执行如下步骤：
获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，处理器1103具体用于执行如下步骤：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
通过前述对本发明实施例的描述可知，数据传输的装置确定出无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该传输时间段上接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用户设备通过解析第一时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
以上实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的数据传输的装置和用户设备，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供一种数据传输的系统，请参阅如图12所示，数据传 输的系统1200，包括：数据传输的装置1201和用户设备1202，其中，数据传输的装置1201和用户设备1202以可通信的方式建立连接，例如通过无线网络等。
其中，数据传输的装置1201可以是如图1-a和图1-b任一项所述的数据传输的装置100和用户设备1202是如图6中任一项所述的用户设备600；或，
数据传输的装置1201可以是如图3-a和图3-b中任一项所述的数据传输的装置300和用户设备1202是如图7中任一项所述的用户设备700；或，
数据传输的装置1201可以是如图4中任一项所述的数据传输的装置400和用户设备1202是如图8中任一项所述的用户设备800；
数据传输的装置1201可以是如图5中任一项所述的数据传输的装置500和用户设备1202是如图9中任一项所述的用户设备900。
在本发明的另一种实施例中，数据传输的装置1201可以是如图10中任一项所述的数据传输的装置1000和用户设备1202是如图11中任一项所述的用户设备1100。
在本发明提供的一种数据传输的系统中，数据传输的装置首先确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，在第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，则公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。由于在无线时间窗中第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留了可进行模拟波束切换的切换时间段，故可以在该切换时间段内调整天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，公共信道和/或公共参考信道不在切换时间段内传输，而是在第一子时间单元中的传输时间段传输。由于预设切换时间段所属的第一子时间单元是第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的子时间单元，所以不需要在无线时间窗中每个时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
为便于更好的实施本发明实施例的上述方案，下面还提供上述数据传输的装置和用户设备执行的方法，接下来进行详细说明，本发明数据传输的 方法的一个实施例，可应用于基站中，请参阅图13所示，该数据传输的方法，可以包括如下步骤：
1301、确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
其中，第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，N为自然数。
1302、根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
其中，公共信道和/或公共参考信号在传输时间段内传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，数据传输的方法除了包括前述实施例中描述的方式外，还可以包括如下步骤：
A1、确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，M为自然数；
A2、根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元传输业务信道，其中，业务信道在第二时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明的一些实施例中，数据传输的方法除了包括前述实施例中描述的方式外，还可以包括如下步骤：
B1、确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
B2、根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元传输业务信道，其中，业务信道在第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
本发明的一些实施例中，数据传输的方法除了包括前述实施例中描述的方式外，还可以包括如下步骤：
C1、为用户设备配置在第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频信号进 行信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)测量的进程。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，在第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，则公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。由于在无线时间窗中第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留了切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，公共信道和/或公共参考信道不在切换时间段内传输，而是在第一子时间单元中的传输时间段传输。由于预设切换时间段所属的第一子时间单元是第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元来选择的，所以不需要在无线时间窗中每个时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图14所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1401、确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，该切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，M为自然数；
1402、根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元传输业务信道，其中，业务信道在第二时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
对于步骤1401和步骤1402，与前述实施例中描述的步骤A1和步骤A2相类似，可参阅前述实施例中的具体说明，此处不再赘述。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段是无线时间窗中的第二时间单元内最后M个子时间单元，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：第二时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的业务信道传输占用的 第二时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第二时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第二时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第二时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置，可选地，可通过RRC信令或其他高层信令来半静态通知所述第二时间单元的配置信息，如由1bit高层信令来通知所述时间单元的类型为第二时间单元，或由高层信令配置一个第二时间单元集，所述配置可以为位图(bitmap)的形式。
在本发明的一些实施例中，数据传输的方法除了包括前述实施例中描述的方式外，还可以包括如下步骤：
D1、确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，N为自然数；
D2、根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
对于步骤D1和步骤D2，与前述实施例中描述的步骤101和步骤102相类似，可参阅前述实施例中的具体说明，此处不再赘述。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，在第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，该切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元的除最后M个子时间单元以外的子时间单元上传输业务信道，由于在无线时间窗中第二时间单元预留了最后M个子时间单元用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段是第二时间单元中最后M个子时间单元来 组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第二时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，该数据传输的方法与如图3-a所示的数据传输的方法不同，具体的，请参阅如图15所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1501、确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
1502、根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元传输业务信道，其中，业务信道在第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
对于步骤1501和步骤1502，与前述实施例中描述的步骤B1和步骤B2相类似，可参阅前述实施例中的具体说明，此处不再赘述。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段位于无线时间窗中的第二时间单元内的最后一个子时间单元中，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：第二时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的业务信道传输占用的第二时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第二时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第二时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第二时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置，可选地，可通过RRC信令或其他高层信令来半静态通知所述第二时间单元的配置信息，如由1bit高层信令来通知所述时间单元的类型为第二时间单元，或由高层信令 配置一个第二时间单元集，所述配置可以为位图(bitmap)的形式。
在本发明的一些实施例中，数据传输的方法除了包括前述实施例中描述的方式外，还可以包括如下步骤：
D1、确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，N为自然数；
D2、根据第一时间单元的配置信息在第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，公共信道和/或公共参考信号在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
对于步骤D1和步骤D2，与前述实施例中描述的步骤101和步骤102相类似，可参阅前述实施例中的具体说明，此处不再赘述。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，在第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，切换时间段用作进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第二时间单元的配置信息在第二时间单元内除最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输，由于在无线时间窗中第二时间单元预留了最后一个子时间单元的切换时间段用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段是第二时间单元中最后一个子时间单元的切换时间段来组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第二时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法，接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图16所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1601、确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，M为自然数。
1602、根据第三时间单元的配置信息在第三时间单元传输公共信道或公共 参考信号或业务信道。
其中，公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在第三时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
在本发明实施例中，对需要在无线时间窗内传输的数据进行分类，并针对不同类别的数据采用与数据自身传输相适配的切换时间段设置方式，其中，无线时间窗指的是无线信号传输使用的时域资源，例如结合具体的应用场景，一个无线时间窗可以指的是一个广义的无线传输时间单位，也可以指的是一个具体的传输时间单位，如一个超帧，或当前LTE中的一个无线帧，或子帧，时隙等。每个无线时间窗中的所有时间单元划分为三类，除了前述实施例中描述的第一时间单元、第二时间单元之外，每个无线时间窗中还包括一类时间单元，定义为第三时间单元，在第三时间单元中预留出M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，切换时间段用作公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束切换，这里所述的模拟波束切换可以指前述实施例中描述的模拟波束切换。也就是说，第三时间单元中预留的切换时间段可以用作模拟波束的切换。
例如，无线时间窗具体为无线帧，第一时间单元具体为第一子帧，子时间单元具体为子帧中的符号，第三时间单元具体为第三子帧，与第一子帧、第二子帧不同的是，第三子帧是用于传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道的子帧，在第三子帧中不需要在每个符号中都预留时间段用于模拟波束的切换，而是可以在每个第三子帧内预留最后M个符号用于模拟波束的切换，例如M为2时，只在每个第三子帧内预留最后2个符号用于模拟波束的切换，而在第三子帧除最后2个符号以外的其它符号内传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
在步骤1602中，第三时间单元中最后M个子时间单元被用作模拟波束的切换时间段，那么在第三时间单元中除最后M个子时间单元以外的其它子时间单元上传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
在本发明的一些实施例中，模拟波束切换的切换时间段是无线时间窗中的第三时间单元内最后M个子时间单元，该切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。例如可结合前述表2的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：第三时间单元的时间配比编号，时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共 参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。例如可结合前述表1的举例说明。
在本发明的一些实施例中，第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。也就是说，基站为了向用户设备通知第三时间单元中用于业务信道的传输的子时间单元配置情况，基站可以采用下行控制信令动态的通知方式，也可以采用高层信令半静态的通知方式，例如，下行控制信令动态携带和通知，即在下行控制信令中携带第三时间单元的配置信息进行动态通知，所述通知同样可以是个1bit的指示信令(指示当前时间单元的类型是否为第三时间单元)。又如，基站可以采用高层信令半静态配置的方式，相对动态快速配置是更长周期的配置。
通过以上实施例对本发明的描述可知，首先确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，在第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，然后根据第三时间单元的配置信息在第三时间单元的除最后M个子时间单元以外的子时间单元上传输公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，由于在无线时间窗中第三时间单元预留了最后M个子时间单元用于模拟波束的切换，故可以在该切换时间段内按照天线阵子的虚拟加权进行模拟波束的切换，由于预设切换时间段是第三时间单元中最后M个子时间单元来组成，所以不需要在无线时间窗中第三时间单元的每个子时间单元都设置切换时间段，从而可以避免资源的浪费。
前述实施例从基站实现侧介绍了本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法，接下来从用户设备实现侧介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图17所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1701、获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，第一时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
1702、在所述第一子时间单元的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
具体的，步骤1701获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
对于步骤1701和1702而言，前述图1-a、图1-b对应的实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法，确定出无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该传输时间段上接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用户设备通过解析第一时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
接下来从用户设备实现侧介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图18所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1801、获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
1802、在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
具体的，步骤1801获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
对于步骤1801和1802而言，前述图3-a、图3-b对应的方法实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法，确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第二子时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该第二时间单元内除最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切 换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信道。
接下来从用户设备实现侧介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图19所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
1901、获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
1902、在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
具体的，步骤1901获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
对于步骤1901和1902而言，前述图4对应的方法实施例中数据传输的装置执行前述的方法，确定出无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内除所述切换时间段之外的传输时间段上接收到业务信道，用户设备通过解析第二时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到业务信道。
需要说明的是，在前述对用户设备执行的数据传输方法中，步骤1701、1702对应的实施例，步骤1801、1802对应的实施例、步骤1901和步骤1902对应的实施例可以各个实现，还可以相互结合实现，例如步骤1701、1702对应的实施例，步骤1801、1802对应的实施例结合实现对公共信道和/或公共参考信号、业务信道的接收，步骤1701、1702对应的实施例，步骤1901和步骤1902对应的实施例结合实现对公共信道和/或公共参考信号、业务信道的接收， 此处不再逐一说明。
接下来从用户设备实现侧介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种数据传输的方法，请参阅如图20所示，主要可以包括如下步骤：
2001、获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用作公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
2002、在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
具体的，步骤2001获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：
接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
对于步骤2001和2002而言，前述图5对应的方法实施例中，数据传输的装置执行前述的方法，确定出无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收到公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，用户设备通过解析第三时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
通过前述对本发明实施例的描述可知，数据传输的装置确定出无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该数据传输的装置位于基站侧实现，向用户设备发送无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，该配置信息的具体实现方式以及作用可参阅前述实施例的说明，用户设备解析出该配置信息的配置内容，从而确定在第一子时间单元内的传输时间段会有数据传输，故用户设备需要可以在该传输时间段上接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号，用户设备通过解析第一时间单元的配置信息避开模拟波束切换的切换时间段，从而正确接收到公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
另外需说明的是，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，其中所述作 为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外，本发明提供的装置实施例附图中，模块之间的连接关系表示它们之间具有通信连接，具体可以实现为一条或多条通信总线或信号线。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下，即可以理解并实施。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发明可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现，当然也可以通过专用硬件包括专用集成电路、专用CPU、专用存储器、专用元器件等来实现。一般情况下，凡由计算机程序完成的功能都可以很容易地用相应的硬件来实现，而且，用来实现同一功能的具体硬件结构也可以是多种多样的，例如模拟电路、数字电路或专用电路等。但是，对本发明而言更多情况下软件程序实现是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中，如计算机的软盘，U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。
综上所述，以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照上述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对上述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。

Claims (79)

  1. 一种数据传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    数据传输模块，用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其特征在于，所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
    所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
    所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配 置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  8. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内所述传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输的装置，还包括：配置模块，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
  12. 一种数据传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    数据传输模块，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
  14. 根据权利要求12至13中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
  16. 根据权利要求12至15中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输的装置还包括：
    配置模块，用于为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
  18. 一种数据传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进 行模拟波束的切换；
    数据传输模块，用于根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  21. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述时间单元确定模块，还用于确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    所述数据传输模块，还用于根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
  22. 一种数据传输的装置，其特征在于，包括：
    时间单元确定模块，用于确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    数据传输模块，用于根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的装置，其特征在于，所述数据传输模块，还用于将所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  25. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    接收模块，用于在所述传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    所述接收模块，还用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    所述接收模块，还用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述 配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
  29. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    接收模块，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    所述接收模块，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  31. 根据权利要求29至30中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述配置获取模块，还用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
  32. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    接收模块，用于在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述配置获取模块，还用于获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    所述接收模块，还用于在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  34. 根据权利要求32至33中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
  35. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    配置获取模块，用于获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    接收模块，用于在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述配置获取模块，具体用于接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
  37. 一种数据传输的系统，其特征在于，包括：
    如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如权利要求25至28中任一项所述的用户设备；或，
    如权利要求12至17中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如权利要求29至31中任一项所述的用户设备；或，
    如权利要求18至21中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如权利要求32至34中任一项所述的用户设备；
    如权利要求22至24中任一项所述的数据传输的装置和如权利要求35至36中任一项所述的用户设备。
  38. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述传输时间段内传输。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N为所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一时间单元中每次传输占用的所述第一时间单元中的子时间单元个数。
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段和所述传输时间段组成；或，
    所述第一子时间单元由所述切换时间段，所述传输时间段和循环前缀时间段组成。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一子时间单元内的所述切换时间段通过替换所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的循环前缀CP得到；或，
    所述循环前缀时间段用于传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号的CP。
  42. 根据权利要求38至40中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述切换时间段是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
  43. 根据权利要求38至42中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第一时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号传输占用的第一时间单元的配置。
  44. 根据权利要求38至43中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  45. 根据权利要求38至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法，还包括：
    确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  46. 根据权利要求38至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法，还包括：
    确定所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的最后一个子时间单元内所述传输时间段的时间段长度小于等于所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元的其他子时间单元内用于所述业务信道传输的时间段长度。
  48. 根据权利要求38至47中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述每个子时间单元上测量的导频资源分别对应一个预编码信息。
  50. 根据权利要求38至49中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
  51. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
  54. 根据权利要求51至53中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  55. 根据权利要求51至54中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法，还包括：
    确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    为用户设备配置在所述第一时间单元内每个子时间单元上对导频资源进行信道状态信息测量的进程。
  57. 根据权利要求51至56中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单 元个数。
  58. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    根据所述第二时间单元的配置信息在所述第二时间单元传输所述业务信道，其中，所述业务信道在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上传输。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的方法，其特征在于，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第二时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述第二时间单元的配置。
  61. 根据权利要求58至60中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  62. 根据权利要求58至61中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法，还包括：
    确定所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    根据所述第一时间单元的配置信息在所述第一时间单元的第一子时间单元传输所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号，其中，所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内传输。
  63. 根据权利要求58至62中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二时间单元包含的子时间单元个数大于等于所述第一时间单元包含的子时间单元个数。
  64. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    确定无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    根据所述第三时间单元的配置信息在所述第三时间单元传输所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道，其中，所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上传输。
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法，其特征在于，所述切换时间段的时间长度是根据预定义的切换时间配置索引确定的。
  66. 根据权利要求64或65所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：所述第三时间单元的时间配比编号，所述时间配比编号是按照配比周期确定的所述公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道传输占用的第三时间单元的配置。
  67. 根据权利要求64至66中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第三时间单元的配置信息，通过下行控制信令动态的通知给用户设备，或通过高层信令通知给用户设备。
  68. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    在所述传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
  70. 根据权利要求68所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第二时间单元内的切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
  71. 根据权利要求68至70中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息；
    所述获取所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息。
  72. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收业务信道。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收所述公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  74. 根据权利要求72至73中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取 无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；
    所述获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
  75. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第二时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第二时间单元中的最后一个子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述切换时间段用于业务信道进行模拟波束的切换；
    在所述第二时间单元内除所述最后一个子时间单元之外的子时间单元和所述最后一个子时间单元内的传输时间段上接收业务信道。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，其中，所述第一时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第一时间单元中每隔至少N个子时间单元后的第一子时间单元内预留切换时间段和传输时间段，所述第一子时间单元内的切换时间段用于公共信道和/或公共参考信号进行模拟波束的切换，所述N为自然数；
    在所述第一子时间单元内的传输时间段内接收公共信道和/或公共参考信号。
  77. 根据权利要求75至76中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第二时间单元的配置信息；
    所述获取所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第一时间单元的配置信息。
  78. 一种数据传输的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，其中，第三时间单元包括多个子时间单元，所述第三时间单元中预留最后M个子时间单元组成切换时间 段，所述切换时间段用于公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道进行模拟波束的切换，所述M为自然数；
    在所述第三时间单元内除所述最后M个子时间单元之外的子时间单元上接收公共信道或公共参考信号或业务信道。
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法，其特征在于，所述获取无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息，包括：
    接收通过下行控制信令或者高层信令通知的所述无线时间窗中第三时间单元的配置信息。
PCT/CN2015/073388 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统 WO2016134532A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/073388 WO2016134532A1 (zh) 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统
EP15882970.5A EP3253116B1 (en) 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 Data transmission method and apparatus, user equipment and system
CN201580001985.2A CN106105311B (zh) 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统
US15/686,692 US10305571B2 (en) 2015-02-28 2017-08-25 Data transmission method, apparatus and system, and user equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/073388 WO2016134532A1 (zh) 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/686,692 Continuation US10305571B2 (en) 2015-02-28 2017-08-25 Data transmission method, apparatus and system, and user equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016134532A1 true WO2016134532A1 (zh) 2016-09-01

Family

ID=56787854

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/073388 WO2016134532A1 (zh) 2015-02-28 2015-02-28 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US10305571B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3253116B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN106105311B (zh)
WO (1) WO2016134532A1 (zh)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018157760A1 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for providing explicit feedback in the uplink
US10686504B2 (en) 2016-11-04 2020-06-16 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for user equipment beamforming operation in a wireless communication system
CN112106422A (zh) * 2018-05-10 2020-12-18 高通股份有限公司 用于保护高优先级码元免受波束切换的影响的方法和系统
WO2022022538A1 (zh) * 2020-07-27 2022-02-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种广播数据传输的方法和装置及设备

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2017014074A1 (ja) * 2015-07-17 2018-04-26 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
CN116193503A (zh) * 2016-07-29 2023-05-30 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中发送、接收信道状态信息的方法及装置
WO2018165946A1 (zh) 2017-03-16 2018-09-20 南通朗恒通信技术有限公司 一种被用于多天线传输的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
EP3739947A4 (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-08-18 Ntt Docomo, Inc. USER TERMINAL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROCESS
CN111757479B (zh) 2019-03-29 2022-10-11 华为技术有限公司 通信的方法及装置
US11444680B2 (en) * 2019-07-18 2022-09-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Beam switching in a high radio frequency spectrum band
US11206073B2 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-12-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Synchronization of base station beam switching with channel feedback
CN114070363B (zh) * 2020-08-05 2023-03-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 信号传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20050082352A (ko) * 2004-02-18 2005-08-23 오소트론 주식회사 Ｓｍａｒｔ-Ａｎｔｅｎｎａ와 ＴＤＤ Ｒｅｐｅａｔｅｒ적용을 위한 ＯＦＤＭ방식의 프레임 구조
CN100370652C (zh) * 2003-01-22 2008-02-20 日本电气株式会社 定向天线控制设备及其波束选择方法
CN101305629A (zh) * 2005-10-10 2008-11-12 Ip无线有限公司 用于不同系统共存的蜂窝通信系统和方法
CN101931448A (zh) * 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 摩托罗拉公司 用于在切换天线正交频分复用通信系统中实现上行链路发射分集的方法和装置

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7697623B2 (en) * 2007-01-05 2010-04-13 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. Method and system for switching antennas during transmission time intervals in OFDMA systems
US8824420B2 (en) * 2007-03-22 2014-09-02 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. Method and system for generating antenna selection signals in OFDM tranceivers with fewer RF chains than antennas in MIMO wireless networks
US8274930B2 (en) * 2008-03-10 2012-09-25 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. Analog beamforming to reduce interference in WiMAX networks
US9094977B2 (en) * 2011-11-11 2015-07-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for supporting mobility management in communication systems with large number of antennas
US9531573B2 (en) * 2012-04-09 2016-12-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatus for cyclic prefix reduction in MMwave mobile communication systems
KR20140109633A (ko) * 2013-03-06 2014-09-16 삼성전자주식회사 빔포밍을 사용하는 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 랜덤 액세스 슬롯을 송수신하는 방법 및 장치
EP2887561B1 (en) * 2013-12-18 2019-07-03 Alcatel Lucent Beamforming apparatuses, methods and computer programs for a base station transceiver and a mobile transceiver
JP6331195B2 (ja) * 2014-09-29 2018-05-30 パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 レーダ装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN100370652C (zh) * 2003-01-22 2008-02-20 日本电气株式会社 定向天线控制设备及其波束选择方法
KR20050082352A (ko) * 2004-02-18 2005-08-23 오소트론 주식회사 Ｓｍａｒｔ-Ａｎｔｅｎｎａ와 ＴＤＤ Ｒｅｐｅａｔｅｒ적용을 위한 ＯＦＤＭ방식의 프레임 구조
CN101305629A (zh) * 2005-10-10 2008-11-12 Ip无线有限公司 用于不同系统共存的蜂窝通信系统和方法
CN101931448A (zh) * 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 摩托罗拉公司 用于在切换天线正交频分复用通信系统中实现上行链路发射分集的方法和装置

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10686504B2 (en) 2016-11-04 2020-06-16 Asustek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for user equipment beamforming operation in a wireless communication system
WO2018157760A1 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for providing explicit feedback in the uplink
CN110326351A (zh) * 2017-03-02 2019-10-11 华为技术有限公司 用于在上行链路中提供显式反馈的系统和方法
EP3580978A4 (en) * 2017-03-02 2020-02-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING EXPLICIT UPLINK FEEDBACK
US10673652B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2020-06-02 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing explicit feedback in the uplink
CN110326351B (zh) * 2017-03-02 2021-09-03 华为技术有限公司 用于在上行链路中提供显式反馈的系统和方法
US11177982B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2021-11-16 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing explicit feedback in the uplink
CN112106422A (zh) * 2018-05-10 2020-12-18 高通股份有限公司 用于保护高优先级码元免受波束切换的影响的方法和系统
CN112106422B (zh) * 2018-05-10 2024-06-11 高通股份有限公司 用于保护高优先级码元免受波束切换的影响的方法和系统
WO2022022538A1 (zh) * 2020-07-27 2022-02-03 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种广播数据传输的方法和装置及设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106105311B (zh) 2019-11-26
US20170353227A1 (en) 2017-12-07
EP3253116A4 (en) 2018-03-14
EP3253116A1 (en) 2017-12-06
CN106105311A (zh) 2016-11-09
EP3253116B1 (en) 2019-07-17
US10305571B2 (en) 2019-05-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016134532A1 (zh) 一种数据传输的方法、装置和用户设备及系统
US10313073B2 (en) Transmission of reference signals
US10856292B2 (en) Communication method and base station
EP3817479A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020220330A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN111586872B (zh) 基于多个下行控制信息的传输方法、设备及系统、存储介质
WO2018082680A1 (zh) 信号传输方法和装置
US20210050970A1 (en) Method and apparatus for obtaining resource indication value
US20130201946A1 (en) Transmission of Reference Signals
US12021795B2 (en) Communication method and network device
CN110710252B (zh) 无线通信系统中终端的d2d操作方法和使用所述方法的终端
CA3041929C (en) Signal transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2018040957A1 (zh) 一种参考信号的配置方法及相关设备
EP3860091A1 (en) Information receiving method and device and information sending method and device
KR20220063223A (ko) 신호의 송신 방법, 신호의 수신 방법 및 단말
US20200119996A1 (en) Message sending method and apparatus
WO2018059550A1 (zh) 参考信号的处理方法、用户设备和基站
US12028292B2 (en) Reference signal transmission techniques
WO2019029464A1 (zh) 用于灵活双工系统的数据传输方法及设备
US20240373469A1 (en) Repetition determination method, repetition determination apparatus, terminal, and network side device
EP4369769A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN110999473A (zh) 一种数据传输的方法、设备及系统
WO2024191331A1 (en) Static and dynamic rate matching for new radio user equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15882970

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015882970

Country of ref document: EP